Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Blue Valley Ban Corp.

Blue Valley Ban Corp.

bvbc · OTC Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker bvbc
Exchange OTC
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Blue Valley Ban Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Bank of Blue Valley Charitable Fountain
Town Center Plaza, Leawood, Kansas

2 0 1 3   A N N U A L  R E P O R T

As we enter 2014–our 25th 
year of serving the Kansas 
City community, a quarter 
century after we set out on 
this journey–I can’t express 
how proud I am to still be 
a community bank that is 
focused on the community.                

       – Robert D. Regnier
  President & CEO

 
              
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 

As the country and our industry continue the recovery from the recession, 2013 was 
a year of progress and continued success for our Company. 

We recorded net income of $1.0 million compared to 

That exceeded the Regulatory standards for being 

net income of $267,000 during the prior year period. The 

adequately capitalized by $32.2 million and also exceeded 

improvements in the credit quality of our loan portfolio, 

the standards for being well capitalized by $21.9 million. 

in addition to reduction in the amount of loan losses 

charged off to the allowance for loan losses, precipitated 

Last year also saw the end of our involvement with the 

a reduction in the recorded loan loss provision in 2013 to 

Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) as it relates to 

$950,000 compared to a provision of $1.2 million during 

the preferred shares purchased by the US Treasury in 

the previous year. We also improved our earnings in 2013 

December of 2008. The US Treasury continued its exit 

by our active management of the mix of our earning assets

from the TARP program during 2013, selling the preferred 

and cost of our interest-bearing liabilities, which resulted in 

shares to independent investors. Our participation in TARP 

an increase to our net interest margin. We held a common

enabled us to maintain a strong capital position during 

stock Rights Offering, and raised approximately $8.0 million 

the economic downturn. We believe that the independent 

in gross proceeds. Our subsidiary, Bank of Blue Valley 

investors who purchased from the Treasury the preferred 

continues to be in a strong financial position with Total 

stock issued under the TARP program will provide future 

Regulatory Capital of $73.5 million as of December 31, 2013.

opportunities for growth and stability.

COMMUNITY MINDED

As a community banking organization, 
our everyday focus is on just that… 
the community.

this community as a place to live, work and raise a family. 

As a result, the prudent banker has to weigh the credit risk 

of a loan with the broader benefit to the community. Thus, 

when a loan has a high community benefit and high risk, it 

can make for a very difficult business decision. As a smaller 

A community bank does its work through the lens of how 

community bank, we have the ability to focus on a more 

what it does will impact, and benefit, the community. 

finite area and thus see and experience more directly the 

Therein lies one of the primary differences between the 

returns on our community involvement and investment. 

way a community bank approaches banking and their 

It’s no surprise that community bankers have traditionally 

customers as opposed to a regional or national bank. Part 

accepted roles with civic responsibilities in public schools, 

of it is “enlightened self-interest.” If we create a better 

hospitals and charitable organizations. Our company is no 

environment for our customers and community members, 

different and I am proud of our active and engaged civic 

then businesses will flourish and people will seek 

involvement in Johnson County and across Kansas City.

L:  KENNY THOMAS, PRESIDENT, OLATHE TOYOTA
R:  JACK TATE, 1ST VICE PRESIDENT, BANK OF BLUE VALLEY

L:  LISA TOMLINSON, MARKET PRESIDENT, BANK OF BLUE VALLEY
R: DR. JAY MENITOVE, PRESIDENT, CEO & MEDICAL DIRECTOR, 
     COMMUNITY BLOOD CENTER

GOLF TOURNAMENT BENEFITING THE DOWN 
SYNDROME GUILD OF GREATER KANSAS CITY

CLAY SHOOT BENEFITING THE HOME BUILDERS 
ASSOCIATION OF GREATER KANSAS CITY

AMERICAN CANCER SOCIETY RELAY FOR LIFE

PHILANTHROPICALLY FOCUSED

From our very first day, we’ve looked to give back to the community that has allowed 
us to be so successful, and 2013 was no different. 

Last year, Bank of Blue Valley and our employees donated 

and prosper. A community banker needs to take the lead 

more than $260,000 to a variety of community causes, 

at times to make sure that the non-business goals of the 

charities and nonprofits. Our Bank of Blue Valley Charity 

community are met. I personally believe that we have a 

Golf Classic, in its 12th year, raised more than $44,000 for 

better and more cohesive community when individuals share 

the Down Syndrome Guild of Greater Kansas City.

their time, talent and treasure. It brings people together in 

I believe it is important for our Company to maintain a 

Volunteerism and philanthropy are dominant traits of the 

strong philanthropic presence in part because of the

Midwest, particularly in Kansas City. This quality is and will 

important role we play in helping the community grow

continue to be a core element of our Company’s culture.

a way that business could never accomplish on its own. 

As we enter our 25th year, 

we also thought now was an 

appropriate time to take a look 

at our Company’s brand and the 

image we are projecting to the 

community. As such, I’m pleased 

to introduce our new logo, which 

you will begin to see appear on 

our materials, in our ads and on 

our new website which will be 

launching later this year. While 

the look is now a little cleaner, a 

little fresher and more reflective 

of who we are in 2014, what 

will never change is our tireless 

commitment to meeting the 

needs of our customers. We will 

always be a place where you are 

known, where we understand your 

business, your banking needs and 

the value of our relationship.  

ENTREPRENEURSHIP
AT HEART

Small businesses are the engine that drives 
the American economy and our Company.

It is no exaggeration to say that the future of business in our country 

is dependent on the success of small business and entrepreneurs. 

In a study published by the Kauffman Foundation in 2009, they 

concluded “…from 1980-2005, nearly all net new job creation in the 

United States occurred in firms less than five years old.  This data set 

also shows that without startups, net job creation for the American 

economy would be negative in all but a handful of years.”

Because of their size and location, community banks often establish 

With gratitude,

relationships with a number of small and startup businesses. The 

success of our country is dependent upon innovation and creativity. 

The vast majority of innovation and new ideas are coming from firms 

who have been in existence for less than 10 years. We count many 

of these firms among our clients. Given our deep understanding of 

what it takes to build and run a company, we are uniquely positioned 

to work with budding entrepreneurs and assist them in developing a 

sustainable business.

Robert D. Regnier

President & CEO

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X]

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

[

]

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934

For the transition period from __________________ to __________________

Commission file number:  001-15933

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Kansas
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

11935 Riley
Overland Park, Kansas

(Address of principal executive offices)

48-1070996
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

66225-6128

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (913) 338-1000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Guarantee with respect to the Trust Preferred
Securities, $8.00 par value, of BVBC Capital
Trust I (None of which are currently outstanding)

Name of each exchange on which registered
None currently

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act

(cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:5)(cid:5)(cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:2) (cid:7)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act (cid:2)(cid:3)(cid:4)(cid:5)(cid:6)(cid:2) (cid:7)(cid:5)(cid:8)(cid:9)(cid:5)(cid:6) (cid:7)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject
to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes (cid:6)(cid:2)(cid:7) No [  ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit and post such files.

Yes [(cid:2)] No [ ]

Indicate  by  check  mark  if  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers pursuant  to  Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not  be
contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [(cid:2)]

Indicate  by  check mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a large accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting
company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check One):

Large accelerated filer [ ]

Accelerated filer [

]

Non-accelerated filer [

]

Smaller reporting company [(cid:2) ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Act             Yes [

] No [(cid:2) ]

As of February 28, 2014 1,807,988 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were held by non-affiliates. The aggregate market value of these
common shares, computed based on the February 28, 2014 closing price of the stock, was approximately $17.0 million. As of February 28, 2012
the registrant had 4,593,690 shares of Common Stock ($1.00 par value) outstanding.

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

FORM 10-K INDEX

Page No.

PART I.

Item 1. Business

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Item 2.

Properties

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

PART II.

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial

Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information

PART III.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

PART IV.

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

1

2

19

23

24

24

24

25

26

28

52

54

54

55

55

56

56

60

61

62

65

Item 1:

Business

The Company and Subsidiaries

Part I

As used in this Form 10-K, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” and “Blue Valley” refer to Blue Valley Ban
Corp., a Kansas corporation unless the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated.  References to the
“Bank” refer to the Company’s primary wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Blue Valley.

Blue  Valley,  a  Kansas  corporation,  is  a  bank  holding  company  organized  in  1989.  The  Bank,  the  Company’s
primary  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  was  also  organized  in  1989  to  provide  banking services  to  closely-held
businesses  and  their  owners,  professionals  and  residents  in  Johnson  County,  Kansas,  a  high  growth,
demographically  attractive  area  within  the  Kansas  City,  Missouri — Kansas  Metropolitan  Statistical  Area  (the
“Kansas City MSA”). The focus of Blue Valley has been to take advantage of the current and anticipated growth in
our market area as well as to serve the needs of small and mid-sized commercial customers.  We believe that these
customers  are  underserved  as  a  result  of  banking  consolidation  in  the  industry  generally  and  within  our  market
specifically.

The Bank operates a total of five banking center locations  in Johnson County, Kansas, including our  main office,
which includes a lobby banking center in Overland Park, as well as full-service offices in Leawood, Lenexa, Olathe,
and Shawnee, Kansas.

Our lending activities are focused on commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity and residential
real estate lending.  In addition, the Bank infrequently engages in lease financing and provides consumer lending.
We  strive to  identify,  develop  and  maintain  diversified  lines  of  business  that  provide  acceptable  risk-adjusted
returns.

We seek  to  develop  lines  of  business  that  diversify  the  Bank’s  revenue  sources,  increase the  Bank’s  non-interest
income and offer additional value-added services to the Bank’s customers.  We develop these new or existing lines
of  business  while  monitoring  related  risk  factors.    In  addition  to  fees  generated  in  conjunction  with  lending
activities, the Bank derives  non-interest income by providing  mortgage origination, deposit and cash  management
services, as well as trust and investment brokerage services.

In addition to the Bank, we have two wholly-owned subsidiaries, BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust
III, which  were  created  to  offer  the  Company’s  trust  preferred  securities  and  to  purchase  our  junior  subordinated
debentures (“Subordinated Debentures”).

Our principal executive offices are located at 11935 Riley, Overland Park, Kansas 66213, and our telephone number
is (913) 338-1000.

Consolidated financial information, including a measure of profit and loss and total assets can be found in Part IV of
this report.

2

Our Market Area

The  Bank  operates  primarily  as  a  community  bank,  serving  the  banking  needs  of  small- and  medium-sized
companies  and  individuals  in  the  Kansas  City  MSA.    Specifically,  our  trade  area  consists  of  Johnson  County,
Kansas.  We believe that coupling our strategy of providing exceptional customer service and local decision making
with attractive market demographics has led to the historical growth of our total assets and deposits.

The  income  levels  and growth  rate  of  Johnson  County,  Kansas  compare  favorably  to  national  averages.    Johnson
County’s population growth rate ranks in the top 8.85% of counties nationally, and its per capita income ranks in the
top 1.34% of counties nationally.  Johnson County is also a significant banking market in the State of Kansas and in
the Kansas City MSA.  According to available industry data, as of June 30, 2013, total deposits in Johnson County,
including those of banks, thrifts and credit unions, were approximately $15.2 billion, which represented 23.53% of
total deposits in the state of Kansas and 33.30% of total deposits in the Kansas City MSA.  We have less than 1%
share  of  the  deposits  in  the  Kansas  City  MSA  and  approximately  3.00%  of  the  total  deposits  in  Johnson  County,
Kansas.

As  our  founders  anticipated,  the  trade  area  surrounding  our  main  banking  facility  in  Overland  Park,  Kansas  has
become  one  of  the  most  highly  developed  retail  areas  in  the  Kansas  City  MSA.    Our  Olathe,  Kansas  facility  is
located  approximately 10  miles  southwest  of  our  main  office.    We  opened  our  Olathe  branch  in  1994  when  we
acquired  the  deposits  of  the  Olathe  branch  of  a  failed  savings  and  loan  association.    We  made  this  acquisition
because  it  was  located  in  a  contiguous  market  area  and  we  believed  that  it  represented  a  stable  deposit  base.    In
2001,  the  operations  of  this  branch  were  moved  across  the  street  into  a  more  suitable  location  which  the  Bank
acquired.  The Shawnee, Kansas banking facility is approximately 20 miles northwest of our headquarters location.
We opened our Shawnee grocery branch for the convenience of our existing customers in Shawnee, and to expand
our market presence in Shawnee.  During the first quarter of 2001, construction of our free-standing banking facility
in  Shawnee,  Kansas  was  completed  and  operations  commenced.    The  Leawood,  Kansas  banking  facility  is
approximately  5 miles  southeast  of  our  headquarters  location.    We  opened  our  Leawood  grocery  branch  during
October of 2002 to expand our market presence in Leawood.  In 2002, we also acquired land for a 20,000 square
foot  branch  and  office  building  in  Leawood.    In  the  second  quarter  of  2004  we  completed  construction  of  our
freestanding banking facility in Leawood and operations commenced in that facility.  During 2003 we acquired an
office  building  in  Overland  Park,  Kansas  approximately  1 mile  northwest  of  our  headquarters  location.    During
2010, the Company listed the office building for lease or possible sale.  In addition to leasing space at this location
to tenants, we have currently consolidated our bank operations at this location.  The Lenexa, Kansas banking facility
is approximately 7 miles northwest of our headquarters location.  The Lenexa facility was opened in February 2007
when we acquired Unison Bancorp, Inc., and its subsidiary, Western National Bank.  We made this acquisition to
continue our expansion in Johnson County and to establish our first presence in the Lenexa market.

Lending Activities

Overview. Our principal loan categories include commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity and
residential mortgages.  We also offer a variety of consumer loans and infrequently engage in lease financing.  Our
primary  source  of  interest  income  is interest  earned  on  our  loan  portfolio.    As  of December  31,  2013,  our  loans
represented  approximately 68.10%  of  our  total  assets,  our  legal  lending  limit  to  any  one  borrower  was $19.0
million, and our largest single borrower as of that date had outstanding loans of $14.0 million.

From the Company’s inception, we were successful in expanding our loan portfolio because of the commitment of
our staff and the economic growth in our area of operation.  Our staff has significant experience in lending and has
been successful in offering our products to both potential  and existing customers.  We  believe that  we  have been
successful  in  maintaining  our  customers  because  of  our  staff’s  attentiveness  to  their  financial  needs  and  the
development  of  professional relationships  with  them.    We  strive  to  become  a  strategic  business  partner  with  our
customers, not just a source of funds.

We conduct our lending activities pursuant to the lending administration policies adopted by our Board of Directors.
These  policies currently  require  the  approval  of  our  loan  committee  of  all  commercial  credits  in  excess  of
$1.5 million and all real estate credits in excess of $2.5 million.  Commercial loans up to $1.5 million and real estate
loans up to $2.5 million can generally be approved by the Bank’s President with two loan administration officers.

3

Our  management  information  systems  and  loan  review  policies  are  designed  to  monitor  lending  sufficiently  to
ensure adherence to our loan policies.  The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December
31, 2013.

LOAN PORTFOLIO

As of December 31, 2013
Percent
Amount

(In thousands)

Commercial .........................................................
Commercial real estate.........................................
Construction.........................................................
Residential real estate ..........................................
Home equity ........................................................
Consumer.............................................................
Lease financing....................................................
Total loans and leases..................................
Less allowance for loan losses.............................
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses ...............

$    120,283
145,045
44,806
44,771
43,169
8,885
7,836
414,795
8,992
$    405,803

29.00 %
34.97
10.80
10.79
10.41
2.14
1.89
100.00 %

Commercial  loans. As  of December  31,  2013,  approximately  $120.3 million,  or  29.00%,  of  our  loan  portfolio,
represented  commercial  loans.    The  Bank  has  developed  a  strong reputation  in  providing  and  servicing  small
business and commercial loans.  The commercial portfolio is the result of the business development efforts of the
Bank’s  seasoned  commercial  lending  staff,  our  complementary  product  and  services  mix  and  our  reputation.
Commercial loans have historically been a significant portion of our loan portfolio and we expect to continue our
emphasis on this loan category.

The Bank’s commercial lending activities historically have been directed to small and medium-sized companies in
or  near  Johnson  County,  Kansas,  with  annual  sales  generally  between  $100,000  and  $20  million.    The  Bank’s
commercial customers are primarily  firms engaged in  manufacturing,  service, retail, construction, distribution and
sales  with significant operations in our market areas.  The Bank’s commercial loans are primarily secured by real
estate,  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  equipment,  and  the  Bank  may  seek  to  obtain  guarantees  from  principal
parties related to the borrower for its commercial loans.  The Bank primarily underwrites its commercial loans on
the basis of the borrower’s cash flow, financial condition and ability to service the debt, as well as the value of any
underlying collateral and the financial capacity of any guarantors.

Included in  commercial  loans  are  Small  Business  Administration  (SBA)  loans  which  totaled  approximately
$3.0 million, or 2.49% of commercial loans, at December 31, 2013.  In the event of default, the SBA guarantees the
repayment of a portion of the principal on these loans, plus accrued interest on the guaranteed portion of the loan.
Of the $3.0 million in SBA loans, $2.2 million was government guaranteed.  Under the Federal Small Business Act,
the SBA may guarantee up to 85% of qualified loans of $150,000 or less and up to 75% of qualified loans in excess
of  $150,000,  up  to  a  maximum  loan  amount  of  $5.0  million  to  any  one  borrower.    The  Bank  is  approved  to
participate in the SBA Certified Lender, SBA Express and Patriot Express Programs and is an active SBA lender in
our market area.

Commercial lending is subject to risks specific to the business of each borrower.  In order to mitigate these risks, we
seek to understand the business of each borrower, place appropriate value on any guarantee or collateral pledged to
secure  the  loan,  and  govern  the  advance  and  repayment  of  principal  as  well  as  structure  the  loan  amortization  to
maintain the adequacy of the value of any collateral during the term of the loan.

4

Commercial real estate loans. The Bank also makes loans to provide permanent financing for commercial facilities,
retail and office buildings and churches.  As of December 31, 2013, approximately $145.0 million, or 34.97% of our
loan portfolio, represented commercial real estate loans.  Our commercial real estate loans are underwritten on the
basis of the appraised value of the property securing the loan, the cash flow and financial condition of the borrowing
entity and property securing the loan, and the financial condition and capacity of guarantors.

Risks inherent in commercial real estate lending are related to the market value of the property securing the loan, the
underlying cash flows, secondary repayment sources and documentation.  Commercial real estate lending generally
involves  more  risk  than  residential  real  estate  lending  because  loan  balances  may  be  greater  and  repayment  is
dependent on the cash flows from the property securing the loan and/or the borrower’s operations.  We attempt to
mitigate these risks by carefully assessing property values, analyzing the primary source(s) of cash flow servicing
the  loan,  analyzing  financial  condition  and  capacity  of  guarantors  and adhering  to  our  lending  and  underwriting
policies and procedures.

Construction  loans. Our  construction  loans  include  loans  to  home  building  contractors  and  other  companies  and
consumers for the construction of single-family and multi-family properties and commercial buildings, such as retail
and  office  buildings  as  well  as  land  development.    As  of December 31,  2013,  approximately  $44.8 million,  or
10.80% of our loan portfolio, represented real estate construction loans.  The builder and developer loan portfolio
has  been  a  consistent  material  component  of  our  loan  portfolio  over  our  history.    The  Bank’s  experience  and
reputation  in  this  area  has  enabled  the  Bank  to  focus  on  relationships  with  a  smaller  number  of  select  builders.
Construction loans are made to qualified developers and builders to develop land for construction of residential and
commercial  buildings  as  well  as  to  build  houses  to  be  sold  following  construction,  pre-sold  houses  and  model
houses.    These  loans  are  generally  underwritten  based  on  several  factors,  including  the  reputation,  experience,
financial condition and capacity of the borrowing entity, the ratio of the loan balance to the appraised value of the
property  securing  the  loan,  and  general  conditions  of  the  real  estate  market  with  respect  to  the  subdivision  and
surrounding  area  obtained  from  an  independent  third  party.    Construction  loans  are  also  made  to  individuals  for
houses  to  be  constructed  by  builders  with  whom  the  Bank  generally  has  an  existing  relationship.    Such  loans  are
made on the basis of the borrower’s financial condition and capacity, the loan to value ratio, the reputation of the
builder, and the borrower’s pre-qualification for permanent financing.  During the four years ending December 31,
2012, the Bank had experienced a decline in originations of construction loans from levels experienced previous to
that  period,  specifically  in  residential  real  estate  construction  and  land  development,  as  a  result  of  the  continued
decline in the real estate industry and the continued slowdown in new housing construction. During 2013, improved
economic conditions have stabilized this decline.

Risks  related  to  construction  lending arise from potential decline  in  the  market  value  for  the  completed  project,
reasonableness  of  the construction  budget,  ability  of  the  borrower  to  fund  unforeseen  cost  variances  over  the
construction budget, and the borrower’s ability to liquidate and repay the loan at a point when the loan-to-value ratio
is the greatest. Among other factors, the Bank seeks to manage these risks by ensuring, throughout the construction
process, that the loan to value ratio of the loan does not exceed acceptable levels, ensuring that funds disbursed are
within  parameters  set  by  the  original  construction  budget,  and  by  properly  documenting  and  analyzing  each
construction draw.

Residential  real  estate  loans. Our  residential  real  estate  loan  portfolio  consists  primarily  of  first  and  second
mortgage loans secured by residential properties.  As of December 31, 2013, $44.8 million, or 10.79%, of our loan
portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans. The terms of these loans typically include monthly payments based
on  a  15  to  30  year  amortization  with  3  to  7  year  balloon  payments to  mitigate  interest  rate  risk,  and  they  accrue
interest at a fixed or variable rate.  These products and terms enable us to offer credit to individuals who are self-
employed or have significant income from S-corporations, limited liability companies, partnerships or investments.
These individuals are often unable to satisfy the underwriting criteria permitting the sale of their mortgages into the
secondary market.

In addition, we originate residential mortgage loans with the intention of selling these loans in the secondary market.
During  the years ending December 31,  2013 and  2012,  we  originated  approximately $53.3 million and $83.5
million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans held for sale, and we sold approximately $59.5 million and $81.5
million,  respectively, in  the  secondary  market.    We  originate  conventional  first  mortgage  loans  through  referrals
from  real  estate  brokers,  builders,  developers  and  prior  customers  as  well  as  through  our  Internet  websites.  The

5

origination of a mortgage loan from the date of initial application through closing normally takes 15 to 60 days.  To
reduce interest rate risk on mortgage loans sold in the secondary market, we typically acquire forward commitments
from investors prior to loan closing.

Our mortgage loan credit review process is consistent with the standards set by traditional secondary market sources.
The  lender  reviews  the  appraised  value,  credit  report,  debt  service  ratios,  and  other  credit  information  gathered
during  the  underwriting  process  in  accordance  with  various  laws  and  regulations governing  real  estate  lending.
Loans originated by the Bank are sold  with servicing released to  maximize per loan profits  while  minimizing the
risks and costs associated with retaining servicing rights.  Commitments are typically obtained from the purchasing
investor on a loan-by-loan basis on a 30, 45 or 60-day delivery commitment.  Interest rates are generally committed
to  the  borrower  when  a  rate  commitment  is  obtained  from  the  investor.    Loans  are  funded  by  the  Bank  and
purchased by the investor within 30-45 days following closing pursuant to commitments obtained from the investor.
We sell conventional FHA, VA, USDA conforming and jumbo loans that are available to the Bank from the various
secondary market investors for cash on a limited recourse basis. Consequently, foreclosure losses on all sold loans
are primarily the responsibility of the investor and not that of the Bank. In our recent experience, the Bank has not
been required to repurchase significant amounts of loans.  The Bank did not repurchase any loans during the years
ending December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012, and during the  year ending December 31, 2011, the Company
repurchased one loan from an investor for which no losses have been recognized.

As with other loans to individuals, the risks related to residential mortgage loans primarily include the sufficiency of
the value of collateral securing the loan and the financial condition and capacity of the borrower.  The Bank attempts
to manage these risks by performing a pre-funding underwriting that includes analyzing, verifying and documenting
the  borrower’s  credit  qualifications,  employment  stability,  monthly  income,  identification  and  verification  of  the
source and amount of down payments as well as analyzing and documenting the value of the collateral.

Home equity loans. As of December 31, 2013, our home equity loans totaled $43.2 million, or 10.41% of our loan
portfolio.  Home equity loans are generally secured by second liens on residential real estate.  Home equity loans are
subject to the same risks as other loans to individuals, including the financial strength and capacity of the borrower.
The Bank attempts to mitigate these risks by carefully analyzing, verifying and documenting the borrower’s credit
qualifications,  employment  stability,  monthly  income,  and  understanding  and  documenting  the  value  of  the
collateral.

Consumer loans. As of December 31, 2013, our consumer loans  totaled $8.9 million,  or 2.14% of our total loan
portfolio.    A  substantial  part  of  this  amount  consisted  of  installment  loans  to  individuals  in  our  market  area.
Installment  lending  offered  directly  by  the  Bank  in  our  market  area  includes  loans  secured  by  automobiles  and
recreational vehicles, as well as home improvement loans, unsecured lines of credit and other loans to individuals.
Consumer  loans  are  subject  to  the  same  risks  as  other  loans  to  individuals,  including  the  financial  condition  and
capacity  of  the  borrower.    In  addition,  some  consumer  loans  are  subject  to  the  additional  risk  that  the  loan  is
unsecured.  For loans that are secured, the underlying collateral may be rapidly depreciating and may not provide an
adequate source of repayment if  we are required to repossess the collateral.  The Bank attempts to  mitigate  these
risks  by  requiring  a  down  payment  and  carefully  analyzing,  verifying  and  documenting  the  borrower’s  credit
qualifications and monthly income as well as analyzing and documenting the value of the collateral.

Lease financing. Our lease portfolio includes capital leases that we have originated and leases that we have acquired
from brokers or third parties.  As of December 31, 2013, our lease portfolio totaled $7.8 million, or 1.89%, of our
total  loan  portfolio.    We  provide  lease  financing  for  a  variety  of  equipment  and  machinery,  including  office
equipment,  heavy  equipment,  telephone  systems,  tractor  trailers  and  computers.  Lease  terms  are  generally  from
three to five years.  We have provided lease financing in the past and will continue to do so on an infrequent basis
for  customers  who maintain  an  ongoing  relationship  with  the  Bank  through  participation  in  other  Bank  product
offerings.  Our leases are generally underwritten based on  several  factors, including the  overall credit  worthiness,
experience,  current  financial  condition  and  capacity  of  the  lessee,  the  amount  of  the  financing  to  collateral  value,
and general conditions of the market.

6

The primary risks related to our lease portfolio are the value of the collateral securing the lease and specific risks
related  to  the  business  of  each  borrower.    To  address  these  risks,  we  attempt  to  understand  the  business  of  each
borrower, value the underlying collateral appropriately and structure the lease amortization to ensure that the value
of the collateral exceeds the lease balance during the term of the lease.

Investment Activities

The objectives of our investment policies are to:

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

secure the safety of principal;

provide adequate liquidity;

provide securities for use in pledging for public funds or repurchase agreements; and

(cid:3) maximize after-tax income.

We  conduct  our  investing  activities  pursuant  to  an  Investment  Policy  adopted  by  our  Board  of  Directors.    The
Investment Policy establishes guidelines and objectives for permissible types of investments, liquidity management,
investment  maturities, and  investment  portfolio  administration.  The  Company  invests  primarily  in  obligations  of
agencies of the United States and bank qualified  municipal bonds issued by state and local political subdivisions.
Although direct obligations of the United States are permitted by our Investment Policy, we currently do not hold
any in our portfolio.  In order to ensure the safety of principal, the Company does not invest in sub-prime mortgages
and typically does not invest in corporate debt or other securities even though they are permitted by our Investment
Policy.    In  addition,  we  may  enter  into  federal  funds  transactions  with  our  principal  correspondent  banks,  and
depending on our liquidity position, may act as a net seller or purchaser of these funds.  The sale of federal funds is
effectively a short-term loan from us to another financial institution; while conversely, the purchase of federal funds
is effectively a short-term loan from another financial institution to us.

Deposit Services

The principal sources of funds for the Bank are core deposits from the local market areas surrounding the Bank’s
banking centers, including demand deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market accounts, savings
deposits and time deposits.  Transaction accounts include interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing accounts, which
provide the Bank with a source of fee income, a low-cost source of funds and cross-marketing opportunities.  Since
2001, the Bank has realized deposit growth from commercial checking accounts. While these accounts do not earn
interest,  many  of  them  receive  an  earnings  credit  on  their  average  balance  to  offset  the  cost  of  other  services
provided by the Bank.  The Bank introduced its Performance Checking product in 2007, which has proven to be an
attractive product in our market area as it pays a higher rate than most checking accounts as long as the customer
meets  certain  signature  based  debit  card  transactional  requirements  and  at  least  one  direct  deposit  or  ACH  debit
within each statement qualification cycle.  In February 2011, the Bank introduced the  Ultimate Checking product
which has also been an attractive product in our market area.  The Ultimate Checking product is an interest-bearing
demand product that pays a  higher tiered rate of interest based on certain  signature based debit card transactional
requirements,  the  dollar  amount  of  signature  based  debit  card  transactions  and  the  customer’s    acceptance  of  e-
statements.    The  Bank  realizes  non-interest  income  from  the  signature  based  debit  card transactions  that,  when
netted against the cost of the rate paid to the customer, results in a very attractive cost of funds for the Bank.  The
Bank  also  offers  a  money  market  account  which  is  a  daily  access  account  that  bears  a  tiered  rate  of  interest  and
allows for limited check-writing ability.  We believe transaction and money market accounts provide a stable source
of funding for the Bank and provide us with the potential to cross-sell additional services to these account holders.

Time deposits and savings accounts also provide a relatively stable customer base and source of funding. Due to the
nature and behavior of these deposit products, management reviews and analyzes our pricing strategy in comparison
not  only  to  competitor  rates,  but  also  in  comparison  to  alternative  funding  sources.
In  setting  deposit  rates,
management  also  considers  profitability,  the  matching  of  term  lengths  of  funding  sources  with  assets,  the
attractiveness  to  customers,  and  rates  offered  by  our  competitors. The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Certificate  of
Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) and Promontory Interfinancial Network Insured Cash Sweep (“ICS”)
service  which  effectively  provides  depositors  with  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (“FDIC”)  insurance  on
amounts  in excess  of  FDIC  insurance  coverage  limits,  which  is  currently  $250,000  per  insured  capacity,  of

7

certificate of deposits through CDARS, and demand and money market deposit accounts through ICS. CDARS and
ICS allows the Bank to break large deposits into smaller amounts and place them in a network of other CDARS and
ICS banks to reach full FDIC insurance coverage on the entire deposit account balance.

Trust Services

The  Bank  began  offering  trust  services  in  1996.    Until  1999,  the  Bank’s  trust  services  were  offered  exclusively
through the employees of an unaffiliated trust company.  The Bank hired a full-time officer in 1999 to develop the
Bank’s trust business and the trust department now has three full-time officers.  Trust services are marketed to both
existing  Bank  customers  and  new  customers.    We  believe  that  the  ability  to  offer  trust  services  as  a  part  of  our
financial  services  to  customers  of  the  Bank  presents  a  significant  cross-marketing  opportunity.    The  services
currently  offered  by  the  Bank’s  trust department  include  the  administration  of  personal  trusts,  investment
management  agency  accounts,  self-directed  individual  retirement  accounts,  qualified  retirement  plans,  corporate
trust accounts and custodial trust accounts.  As of December 31, 2013, the Bank’s trust department administered 285
accounts, with assets under administration of approximately $155.3 million.  Trust services provide the Bank with a
source of fee income and additional deposits.  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amount
of our gross fee income from trust services was $560,000, $543,000 and $527,000, respectively.

Investment Brokerage Services

In 1999, the Bank began offering investment brokerage services through an unrelated broker-dealer.  These services
are currently offered at all of our locations. Currently, four individuals responsible for providing these services are
joint  employees  of  the  Bank  and  the  registered  broker-dealer.    As  of December  31,  2013,  the  Bank’s  investment
brokerage services had assets under administration of approximately $104.0 million.  Investment brokerage services
provide a source of fee income for the Bank.  For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the amount
of  our  fee  income  generated  from  investment  brokerage  services  was $500,000, $434,000 and  $387,000,
respectively.

Competition

The  Bank  encounters  competition  primarily  in  seeking  deposits  and  in  obtaining  loan  customers.    The  level  of
competition  for  deposits  in  our  market  area  is  high.    Our  principal  competitors  for  deposits  are  other  financial
institutions  within  a  few  miles  of  our  locations  including  other  banks,  savings  institutions  and  credit  unions.
Competition among these institutions is based primarily on interest rates offered, the quality of service provided, and
the  convenience and  accessibility  of  products,  services  and  delivery  channels.    Additional  competition  for
depositors’ funds comes from U.S. government securities, private issuers of debt obligations and other providers of
investment alternatives for depositors.

The Bank competes in our lending, investment brokerage and trust activities with other financial institutions, such as
banks and thrift institutions, credit unions, automobile financing companies, mortgage companies, securities firms,
investment companies and other finance companies.  Many of our competitors are not subject to the same extensive
federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally-insured banks and state regulations governing
state-chartered banks.  As a result, these  non-bank competitors have some advantages over the Bank in providing
certain  products  and  services.    Many  of  the  financial  institutions  with  which  we  compete  are  larger  and  possess
greater financial resources, name recognition and market presence.

8

Trademarks

As of December 31, 2013 the Bank had the following registered trademarks:

BANK OF BLUE VALLEY
DEPOSIT I.T.
INTERNETMORTGAGE.COM

Employees

At December  31, 2013,  the  Bank  had  approximately 173 total  employees,  with 162 full-time  employees. The
Company  and its other  subsidiaries do not  have  any employees.    None  of  the Bank’s employees are subject  to  a
collective bargaining agreement.  We consider the Bank’s relationship with its employees to be excellent.

9

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

For each of our directors and our executive officers, we have set forth below their ages as of December 31, 2013,
and their principal positions.

Name

Directors

Age

Positions

Robert D. Regnier ......................................... 65

Donald H. Alexander ..................................... 75
James Gegg.................................................... 62
Robert D. Taylor............................................ 66

Additional Directors of the Bank

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
of Directors of Blue Valley Ban Corp.; President, Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of
the Bank
Director of Blue Valley Ban Corp. and the Bank
Director of Blue Valley Ban Corp.
Director of Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Chairman of the Audit
Committee of Blue Valley Ban Corp.

Harvey S. Bodker .......................................... 78
Richard L. Bond ............................................ 78
Suzanne E. Dotson......................................... 66
Charles H. Hunter .......................................... 71

Director of the Bank
Director of the Bank
Director of the Bank
Director of the Bank

Executive Officers who are not Directors

Mark A. Fortino............................................. 47

Bruce A. Easterly .......................................... 54
Bonnie M. McConnaughy ............................. 54

Available Information

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the
Bank; Chief Financial Officer of Blue Valley Ban Corp.
Executive Vice President – Chief Lending Officer of the Bank
Senior Vice President – Deposit Operations and e-Business
Solutions of the Bank

Our  website  address  is http://www.bankbv.com.    Information  included  to  or  referred  to  on  our  website  is  not
incorporated by reference in or otherwise a part of this report.  Financial information, including our annual reports
can be obtained free of charge from our website.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company and its subsidiaries are extensively regulated under both federal and state laws.  Laws and regulations
to  which  the  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  govern,  among  other  things,  the  scope  of  business,  investments,
reserve levels, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of
branches,  mergers  and  consolidations  and  the  payment  of  dividends.    These  laws  and  regulations  are  intended
primarily to protect depositors, not stockholders. Any change in applicable laws or regulations may have a material
effect  on  the  Company’s  business  and  prospects,  and  legislative  and  policy  changes  may  affect  the  Company’s
operations.    The  Company  cannot  predict  the  nature  or  the  extent  of  the  effects  on  its business  and  earnings  that
fiscal or monetary policies, economic controls or new federal or state legislation may have in the future.

The following references to statutes and regulations affecting the Company and the Bank are brief summaries only
and  do not  purport  to  be  complete  and  are  qualified  in  their  entirety  by  reference  to  the  actual  statutes  and
regulations.

10

Applicable Legislation

The enactment of the legislation described below has affected the banking industry generally and will have an on-
going effect on Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its subsidiaries.

Dodd-Frank Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act. The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and
Consumer  Protection  Act  (the “Dodd-Frank  Act”) was  signed  into  law  on  July  21,  2010. The  Dodd-Frank  Act
resulted in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions aimed at strengthening the sound operation of
the financial services sector.  The Dodd-Frank Act provides for the following, among other provisions:

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Establishes  a  new  oversight  regulator,  the  Financial  Stability  Oversight  Council,  to  monitor  the  financial
system for systemic risk and to determine which entities pose significant risk, as well as monitor financial
regulatory proposals and standards.

Centralizes responsibility  for  consumer  financial  protection  by  creating  a  new  agency,  the  Consumer
Financial  Protection  Bureau,  with  broad  powers  to  enforce  consumer  protection  laws  and  ensure  that
markets for consumer financial products and services are fair, transparent and competitive.

(cid:3) Amends  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  404(b)  to  make  permanent  the  temporary  exemption  for smaller  reporting
companies (filers with less than $75 million in market cap – Blue Valley Ban Corp. is a smaller reporting
company) to comply with the independent auditor attestation requirement on the company’s evaluation of
the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting.

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Changes the assessment base for FDIC insurance assessments from the amount of total domestic deposits to
average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity (Tier 1 Capital) and sets a target size for the
Deposit Insurance Fund.

Permanently increases the FDIC deposit insurance per depositor from $100,000 to $250,000 and provides
unlimited  deposit  coverage  for  non-interest  bearing  transaction  accounts  at  all  insured  depository
institutions until December 31, 2012.

Repeals the federal prohibitions on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thus permitting depository
institutions to pay interest on business transactions and other accounts.

Requires the Federal  Reserve to issue rules to limit the amount of any debit card interchange  fee that an
issuer  may  receive  or  charge  with  respect  to  electronic  debit  card  transactions  to  be  reasonable  and
proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the transaction.  Cards issued by banks with
less than $10 billion in assets are to be exempt from this requirement, thus Blue Valley Ban Corp. would be
exempt from this requirement.

Implements corporate governance revisions for public companies, including proxy access requirements for
stockholders and stockholder non-binding  vote  on  executive  compensation  and  “golden  parachute’
payments.

Restricts  the  ability  of  banks  to  apply  trust  preferred  securities  toward  regulatory  capital requirements.
However,  Tier  1  Capital  treatment  for  trust  preferred  securities  issued  before  May  19,  2010  is
grandfathered  for  bank  holding  companies  with  less  than  $15  billion  in  total  assets. Blue  Valley  Ban
Corp.’s trust preferred issuances are grandfathered under this provision.

(cid:3) Mortgage reform and anti-predatory lending provision places new regulations on  mortgage originators to
ensure a borrower’s ability to repay and imposes new disclosure requirements and appraisal reforms.

The specific impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our current activities and our financial performance will depend on
the  manner  in  which  the  relevant  agencies  develop  and  implement  required  rules  and  the  reaction  of  market
participants to these regulatory developments.  Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking

11

and  will  take  effect  over  several  years,  thus  making  it  difficult  to  assess  the  overall  financial  impact  on  us,  our
customers or the financial industry.

Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of  2008. The  Emergency  Economic  Stabilization  Act  of  2008  (the
“EESA”) was signed into law on October 3, 2008.  This legislation was principally designed to allow the Treasury
and  other  government  agencies  to  take  action  to  restore  liquidity  and  stability  to  the  U.S. financial  system.    This
legislation  authorized  the  Treasury  through  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief  Program  to  purchase  from  financial
institutions  and  their  holding  companies  up  to  $700  billion  in  mortgage  loans  and  certain  other  financial  assets,
including  debt  and  equity  securities  issued  by  financial  institutions  and  their  holding  companies.    The  Treasury
allocated  $250  billion  to  the  Troubled  Asset  Relief  Program  (“TARP”)  Capital  Purchase  Program  (“CPP”).    The
CPP  was  designed  to  attract  broad  participation by  healthy  institutions,  to  stabilize  the  financial  system,  and  to
increase lending for the benefit of the U.S. economy.  As part of the CPP, the Treasury purchased debt and equity
securities from participating institutions.  Qualified participants could sell an equity interest to the Treasury  up to
3%  of  its  risk-weighted  assets.    These  equity  instruments  constitute  Tier  1  Capital  for  eligible  institutions.    The
Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s participation in the program, and the Company entered into
a Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard Terms on December 5, 2008.  Pursuant to the agreement, the Company
issued and sold to the Treasury 21,750 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, along with a ten
year warrant to purchase 111,083 shares of the Company’s common stock, for a total cash price of $21.75 million.
On October 21, 2013, the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock was auctioned by the Treasury for $21.26 million.
As  a  result,  the  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  is  now  held  by  third  party  investors  unaffiliated  with  the
U.S.  government  and  except  for  certain  certification  and  disclosure  requirements  we  are  no  longer  subject  to  the
rules and regulations that were established with the CPP.

USA PATRIOT Act. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept
and Obstruct Terrorism  Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”)  was signed into law on October 26, 2001.  This
legislation  enhances  the  powers  of  domestic  law  enforcement  organizations  and  makes  numerous  other  changes
aimed at countering the international terrorist threat to the security of the United States.  Title III of the legislation
most  directly  affects  the  financial  services  industry.    It  is  intended  to  enhance  the  federal  government’s  ability  to
fight  money  laundering  by  monitoring  currency  transactions  and  suspicious  financial  activities.    The  USA
PATRIOT Act has significant implications for depository institutions involved in the transfer of money.  Under the
USA  PATRIOT  Act,  a  financial  institution  must  establish  due  diligence  policies,  procedures,  and  controls
reasonably  designed  to  detect  and  report  money  laundering  through  correspondent  accounts  and  private  banking
accounts.  Financial institutions must follow regulations adopted by the Treasury to encourage financial institutions,
their  regulatory  authorities,  and  law  enforcement  authorities  to  share  information  about  individuals,  entities,  and
organizations  engaged  in  or  suspected  of  engaging  in  terrorist  acts  or  money  laundering  activities.    Financial
institutions  must  follow  regulations  setting  forth  minimum  standards  regarding  customer  identification.    These
regulations require financial institutions to implement reasonable procedures for verifying the identity of any person
seeking to open an account, maintain records of the information used to verify the person’s identity, and consult lists
of  known  or  suspected  terrorists  and  terrorist  organizations  provided  to  the  financial  institution  by  government
agencies.  Every financial institution must establish anti-money laundering programs, including the development of
internal policies and procedures, designation of a compliance officer, employee training, and an independent audit
function.

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act was signed into law on November 12, 1999. This major
banking legislation expands the permissible activities of bank holding companies by permitting them to engage in
activities, or affiliate with entities that engage in activities, that are “financial in nature.”  Activities that the Gramm-
Leach-Bliley  Act  expressly  deems  to  be  financial  in  nature  include,  among  other  things,  securities  and  insurance
underwriting and agency, investment management and merchant banking. The Federal Reserve and the Treasury, in
cooperation with one another, determine what additional activities are “financial in nature.” With certain exceptions,
the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  similarly  expands  the  authorized  activities  of  subsidiaries  of  national banks.    The
provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act authorizing the expanded powers became effective March 11, 2000.

Bank  holding  companies  that  intend  to  engage  in  activities  that  are  “financial  in  nature”  must  elect  to  become
“financial holding companies.”  Financial holding company status is only available to a bank holding company if all
of  its  affiliated  depository  institutions  are  “well  capitalized”  and  “well  managed,”  based  on  applicable  banking
regulations, and have a Community Reinvestment Act rating of at least “a satisfactory record of meeting community

12

credit  needs.”  Financial  holding  companies  and  banks  may  continue  to  engage  in  activities  that  are  financial  in
nature only if they continue to satisfy the well capitalized and well managed requirements.  Bank holding companies
that do not elect to be financial holding companies or that do not qualify for financial holding company status may
engage only in non-banking activities deemed “closely related to banking” prior to adoption of the Gramm-Leach-
Bliley  Act.    The  Company  voluntarily  terminated  its  status  as  a  financial  holding  company  in  June  2008  as  the
Company was no longer engaged in activities pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act.

The  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  also  calls  for  “functional regulation”  of  financial  services  businesses  in  which
functionally  regulated  subsidiaries  of  bank  holding  companies  will  continue  to  be  regulated  by  the  regulator  that
ordinarily  has  supervised  their  activities.    As  a  result,  state  insurance  regulators  will  continue  to  oversee  the
activities  of  insurance  companies  and  agencies,  and  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  will  continue  to
regulate the activities of broker-dealers and investment advisers, even where the companies or agencies are affiliated
with  a  bank  holding  company.    Federal  Reserve  authority  to  examine  and  adopt  rules  regarding  functionally
regulated subsidiaries is limited.

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act imposed an “affirmative and continuing” obligation on all financial service providers
(not just banks and their affiliates) to safeguard consumer privacy and requires federal and state regulators, including
the  Federal  Reserve  and  the  FDIC,  to  establish  standards  to  implement  this  privacy  obligation.    With  certain
exceptions,  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  prohibits  banks  from  disclosing  to  non-affiliated  parties  any  non-public
personal information about customers unless the bank has provided the customer with certain information and the
customer has  had the opportunity to prohibit the bank  from sharing  the  information  with  non-affiliates.  The  new
privacy obligations became effective July 1, 2001.

The  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  has  been  and  may  continue  to  be  the  subject  of  extensive  rule  making  by  federal
banking regulators and others.

Basel III Capital Requirements. On July 2, 2013, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Board”)
approved  a  final  rule  to  establish  a  new  comprehensive  regulatory  capital  framework  for  all  US  banking
organizations.    On  July  9,  2013,  the  final  rule  was  approved  (as  an  interim  final  rule)  by  the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).  The Regulatory Capital Framework (Basel III) implements several changes to the
US regulatory capital framework required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The new US capital framework imposes higher
minimum  capital  requirements,  additional  capital  buffers  above  those  minimum  requirements,  a  more  restrictive
definition of capital, and higher risk weights for various enumerated classifications of assets, the combined impact
of which effectively results in substantially more demanding capital standards for US banking organizations.

The  Basel  III  final  rule  establishes  a  new  common  equity  tier  1  capital  (“CET1”)  requirement,  an  increase  in  the
tier 1  capital  requirement  from  4.0%  to  6.0%  and  maintains  the  current  8.0%  total  capital  requirement.    The  new
CET1 and minimum tier 1 capital requirements are effective January 1, 2015.  In addition to these minimal capital
ratios, the Basel final rule requires that all banking organizations maintain a “capital conservation buffer” consisting
of  common  equity  tier  1  capital  (“CET1”)  in  an  amount  equal  to  2.5%  of  risk-weighted  assets  in  order  to  avoid
restrictions  on  their  ability  to  make  capital  distributions  and  to  pay  certain  discretionary  bonus  payments  to
executive officers.  Consequently, the capital conservation buffer effectively increases the minimum CET1 capital,
tier 1 capital, and total capital requirements for US banking organizations to 7.0%, 8.5%, and 10.5%, respectively.
Banking  organizations  with  capital  levels  that  fall  within  the  buffer  will  be  required  to  limit  dividends,  share
repurchases  or  redemptions  (unless  replaced  within  the  same  calendar  quarter  by  capital  instruments  of  equal  or
higher quality), and discretionary bonus payments.  The capital conservation buffer is phased in over a 5-year period
beginning January 1, 2016.

As required by Dodd-Frank, the Basel III final rule requires that capital instruments such as trust preferred securities
and cumulative preferred shares be phased-out of tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016, for banking organizations that
had $15 billion or more in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009 and permanently grandfathers as tier 1
capital  such  instruments  issued  by  these  smaller  entities  prior  to  May  19,  2010  (provided  they  do  not  exceed  25
percent of tier 1 capital). Our Subordinated Debentures are grandfathered under this provision.

13

The Basel III final rule provides banking organizations under $250 billion in total consolidated assets or under $10
billion  in  foreign  exposures  with  a  one-time  “opt-out”  right  to  continue  excluding  Accumulated  Other
Comprehensive Income  from  CET1 capital.  The election to opt out  must be  made on the banking organization’s
first Call Report filed after January 1, 2015.

The Basel III final rule requires that goodwill and other intangible assets (other than mortgage servicing assets), net
of  associated  deferred  tax  liabilities  (“DTLs”),  be  deducted  from  CET1  capital.    Additionally,  deferred  tax  assets
(“DTAs”)  that  arise  from  net  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards,  net  of  associated  DTLs  and  valuation
allowances, are fully deducted from CET1 capital. However, DTAs arising from  temporary differences that could
not  be  realized  through  net  operating  loss  carrybacks,  along  with  mortgage  servicing  assets  and  “significant”
(defined as greater than 10% of the issued and outstanding common stock of the unconsolidated financial institution)
investments in the common stock of unconsolidated “financial institutions” are partially includible in CET1 capital,
subject to deductions defined in the final rule.

Based  on  a  preliminary  assessment  of  the  impact  of  Basel  III  and  in  consideration  of  the  capital  plan  for  the
Company,  management  of  the  Company  anticipates  that  the Company  and  Bank  will  be  in  compliance  with  the
Basel III guidelines within the implementation periods.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

The  Company is  a  registered  bank  holding  company  subject  to  periodic  examination  by  the  Federal  Reserve  and
required to file periodic reports of its operations and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require.

Investments and Activities. A bank holding company must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before:

(cid:3) Acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding
company if, after  the acquisition, it  would own or control  more than 5% of the  shares of the bank or bank
holding company (unless it already owns or controls the majority of the shares);

(cid:3) Acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or

(cid:3) Merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

The  Federal  Reserve  will  not  approve  any  acquisition,  merger  or  consolidation  that  would  have  a  substantially
anticompetitive  result  unless  the  anticompetitive  effects  of  the  proposed  transaction  are  clearly  outweighed  by  a
greater public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served.  The Federal Reserve
also considers capital adequacy and other financial and managerial factors in reviewing acquisitions or mergers.

With certain exceptions, a bank holding company is also prohibited from:

(cid:3) Acquiring or retaining direct  or indirect ownership or control of  more than 5% of the  voting shares of any

company that is not a bank or bank holding company; and

(cid:3)

Engaging, directly or indirectly, in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks or
furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries.

Bank  holding  companies  may,  however,  engage  in  businesses  found  by  the  Federal  Reserve  to  be  “financial  in
nature,” as described above.  Finally, subject to certain exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act, the Change in
Bank Control Act, and the Federal Reserve’s implementing regulations, require Federal Reserve approval prior to
any  acquisition  of  “control”  of  a  bank  holding  company,  such  as Blue  Valley  Ban  Corp.
In  general,  a  person  or
company is presumed to have acquired control if it acquires 10% of the outstanding shares of a bank or bank holding
company  and  is  conclusively  determined  to  have  acquired  control  if  it  acquires  25%  or  more  of  the  outstanding
shares of a bank or bank holding company.

14

Source of Strength. The Federal Reserve expects the Company to act as a source of financial strength and support
for the Bank and to take measures to preserve and protect the Bank in situations where additional investments in the
Bank may not otherwise be warranted.  The Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to terminate any
activity or relinquish control of a non-bank subsidiary (other than a non-bank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal
Reserve’s determination that the activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of
any subsidiary depository institution of the bank holding company.  Further, federal bank regulatory authorities have
additional discretion to require a bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or non-bank subsidiary if the
agency  determines  that  divestiture  may  aid  the  depository  institution’s  financial  condition. As  of  December  31,
2013, BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust III are the Company’s only active direct subsidiaries that are
not banks.

Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve uses capital adequacy guidelines in its examination and regulation of
bank holding companies and banks.  If the capital falls below minimum guideline levels, a bank holding company,
among other things, may be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.  The
Federal  Reserve’s  capital  guidelines  establish  a  risk-based  requirement  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  total risk-
weighted  assets  and  a  leverage  requirement  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  total  average  assets.    The  risk-based
requirement consists of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, of which at least one-
half  must  be  Tier 1  capital  (which  consists  principally  of  stockholders’  equity  with  adjustments  for  disallowed
deferred tax assets).  The leverage requirement consists of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets
of 4%.

The risk-based and leverage standards presently used by the Federal Reserve are minimum requirements, and higher
capital  levels  may  be  required  if  warranted  by  the  particular  circumstances  or  risk  profiles  of  individual  banking
organizations.  Further, any banking organization experiencing or anticipating significant growth would be expected
to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions, which is Tier 1 capital less all intangible assets, well
above the minimum levels.

Dividends. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement concerning the payment of cash dividends by bank
holding companies.  The policy statement provides that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses
should not pay cash dividends exceeding its net income or which could only be funded in ways that weakened the
bank  holding company’s  financial  health, such as by borrowing. The Federal  Reserve also possesses enforcement
powers  over  bank  holding  companies  and  their  non-bank  subsidiaries  to  prevent  or  remedy  actions  that  represent
unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations.  Among these powers is the ability
to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.  As a result of an agreement with the
Federal  Reserve  Bank  and  the  Office  of  the  State  Banking  Commissioner  of  Kansas,  prior  regulatory  approval  is
currently required prior to the payment of any dividends by the Company or Bank.

As  long  as  the  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  is  outstanding,  dividend  payments  and  repurchases  or
redemptions  relating  to  certain  equity  securities  are  prohibited  until  all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  are  paid  on
preferred stock, subject to certain limited exceptions.  At the request of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City,
the Company has deferred the payment of quarterly dividends on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock since
May  15,  2009.   The  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  carries  a  5%  per  year  cumulative  preferred  dividend
rate,  payable  quarterly.    The  dividend  rate  increases  to  9%  beginning  with  the  May  15,  2014  quarterly  payment,
which will cause our quarterly dividend to increase from $271,875 to $493,375.  Dividends compound if they accrue
and are not paid.  Failure by the Company to pay dividends on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock is not an
event of default.  However, a failure to pay a total of six preferred share dividends, whether or not consecutive, gives
the holders of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock the right to elect two directors to the Company’s Board of
Directors.    That  right  continues  until  the  Company  pays  all  dividends  in  arrears.    As  of December  31,  2013,  the
Company has deferred 19 dividend payments.  In 2012, the holder of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock,
elected James L. Gegg to serve on the Company’s Board of Directors. This board seat was terminated in 2013 upon
completion of the auction of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock by the Treasury to private investors, almost
all  of  whom  have  waived  their  right  to  elect  directors.    In recognition  of  Mr.  Gegg’s  valuable  contributions,  the
Board of Directors subsequently appointed Mr. Gegg to the Board on a full-time basis.

15

Bank Regulations

The Bank operates under a Kansas state bank charter and is subject to regulation by the Office of the State Bank
Commissioner and the Federal Reserve Bank.  The Office of the State Bank Commissioner and the Federal Reserve
Bank  regulate  or  monitor  all  areas  of  the  Bank’s  operations,  including  capital  requirements,  issuance  of  stock,
declaration  of  dividends,  interest  rates,  deposits,  loans,  investments,  borrowings,  record keeping,  establishment  of
branches, acquisitions, mergers, information technology and employee responsibility and conduct.  The Office of the
State  Bank  Commissioner  places  limitations on  activities  of  the  Bank,  including  the  issuance  of  capital  notes  or
debentures and the holding of real estate and personal property, and requires the Bank to maintain a certain ratio of
reserves against deposits.  The Office of the State Bank Commissioner requires the Bank to file a report annually, in
addition to any periodic report requested.

The Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank entered into a  written agreement  with the  Federal Reserve
Bank of Kansas City as of November 4, 2009.  This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by
the regulators in May 2009, and related primarily to the Bank’s asset quality.  Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company  and  the  Bank  agreed,  among  other  things,  to  submit  an  enhanced  written plan  to  strengthen  credit  risk
management  practices  and  improve  the  Bank’s  position  on  past  due  loans,  classified  loans,  and  other  real  estate
owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate allowance for
loan loss; maintain sufficient capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall
condition.  The Company and Bank also agreed not to increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares
of  stock  or  declare  or  pay any  dividends  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.    The
Company and the Bank substantially complied with all terms of the written agreement.

As a result of a  November 12, 2012 regulatory examination,  which  noted the improved financial condition of the
Company and the Bank, satisfactory risk management processes, and senior management oversight, as well as full
compliance  with  all  actionable  provisions  of  the  Written  Agreement,  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City
terminated  the  November  4,  2009  Written  Agreement  and,  effective  January  11,  2013,  replaced  it  with  a
Memorandum of Understanding. The MOU’s purpose is to maintain the financial soundness of the Company and
the Bank, and provides among other things, the Company and the Bank will continue to work on improvement of
asset quality, maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses, maintain adequate capital, improve earnings, and not
declare  or  pay  any  dividends  or  increase  or  guarantee  any  debt  without  prior  written  approval from  the  Federal
Reserve Bank and the OSBC.

Deposit Insurance. The FDIC, through its Deposit Insurance Fund, insures the Bank’s deposit accounts up to the
applicable  limits  of  the  FDIC.    The  2010  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act
permanently raised the current standard maximum deposit insurance amount to $250,000.  The FDIC bases deposit
insurance premiums on each FDIC-insured institution based on the perceived risk each bank presents to its Deposit
Insurance  Fund.    Each  institution  is  assigned  to  one  of  the  four  risk  categories  based  on  its  capital,  supervisory
ratings  and  other  factors.    In  October  2010,  the  FDIC  adopted  a  new  deposit  insurance  fund  restoration  plan  to
ensure  the  fund  reaches  1.35%  by  September  30,  2020,  as  required  by  the  Dodd-Frank  Act.    Under  the  new
restoration  plan,  the  FDIC  at  least  semi-annually  will  update  its  loss  and  income  projections  for  the  deposit
insurance  fund,  and,  if  needed,  will  increase  or  decrease  assessment  rates,  following  notice,  and  recommend
rulemaking if required.

In addition to deposit insurance premiums, institutions also pay an assessment based on insured deposits to service
debt  issued  by  the  Financing  Corporation  (FICO  assessment),  a  federal  agency  established  to  finance  the
recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation.  FICO assessment rate is adjusted
quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the fund.  The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of
any  insured  depository  institution  if  the  FDIC  determines,  after  a  hearing,  that  the  institution  has  engaged  or  is
engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated
any applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement with, the FDIC.
The FDIC may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for a permanent termination
of  insurance  if  the  institution  has  no  tangible  capital.    Management  is  not  aware  of  any  activity  or  condition  that
could result in termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank.

16

Capital  Requirements. The  FDIC  has  established  the  following  minimum  capital  standards  for  state-chartered,
insured non-member banks, such as the Bank:
(1) a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1
capital to total average assets of 4%; and (2) a risk-based capital requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of total
capital  to  total  risk-weighted  assets  of  8%,  at  least  one-half  of  which  must  be  Tier 1  capital.    These  capital
requirements  are  minimum  requirements,  and  higher  capital  levels  may  be  required  if  warranted  by  the  particular
circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions.

Tier 1 capital generally consists of equity capital and non  cumulative perpetual preferred stock, adjusted  for such
items as net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, disallowed deferred tax assets and disallowed
servicing assets.  Total risk-based capital consists of Tier 1 capital (as defined above) plus allowance and loan losses
up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and certain permanent and maturing capital instruments that do
not qualify as Tier 1 capital.

The federal banking regulators also have broad power to take “prompt corrective action” to resolve the problems of
undercapitalized institutions.  The extent of the regulators’ powers depends upon whether the institution in question
is  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,”  “undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  or  “critically
undercapitalized.” Under the prompt corrective action rules, an institution is:

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

“Well capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 6% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an
order,  written  agreement,  capital  directive,  or  prompt  corrective  action  directive  to  meet  and  maintain  a
specific capital level for any capital measure.

“Adequately capitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-
based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater.

“Undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-
based capital ratio that is less than 4%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 4%.

“Significantly undercapitalized” if the institution has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3%.

“Critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or
less than 2%.

As  of December  31,  2013,  the  Bank  had  capital  in  excess of  the  regulatory  requirements  for  a  “well  capitalized”
institution.

The  federal  banking  regulators  must  take  prompt  corrective  action  with  respect  to  capital  deficient  institutions.
Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include:

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

Placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities, including the establishment of new branches;

Requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired;

Restricting transactions with affiliates;

Restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits;

Requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed;

Requiring the institution to divest subsidiaries;

Prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and

(cid:3) Appointing a receiver for the institution.

17

Companies  controlling  an  undercapitalized  institution  are  also  required  to  guarantee  the  subsidiary  institution’s
compliance with the capital restoration plan subject to an aggregate limitation of the lesser of 5% of the institution's
assets  at  the  time  it  received  notice  that  it  was  undercapitalized  or  the  amount  of  the  capital  deficiency  when  the
institution first failed to meet the plan. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act generally requires the appointment of a
conservator or receiver within 90 days after an institution becomes critically undercapitalized.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act. The Bank, having over $500 million in total assets, is
subject  to  requirements  of  Section  112  of  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation Improvement Act  (FDICIA
112).  The  primary  purpose  of  FDICIA  112  is  to  provide  a  framework  for  early  risk  identification  in  financial
management through an effective system of internal controls. Annual reporting requirements under FDICIA are as
follows:  (1)  Annual audited  financial statements; (2) Management report stating  management’s responsibility  for
preparing  the  institution’s  annual  financial statements,  establishing  and  maintaining  an  adequate  internal  control
structure  and  procedures  for  financial  reporting  and  for  complying  with  laws  and  regulations,  and  assessment  by
management  of  the  institution’s  compliance  with  such  laws  and  regulations;  and  (3)  For  insured  depository
institutions with consolidated total assets over $1.0 billion or more, the independent public accountant  who audits
the institution’s financial statements shall examine, attest to, and report separately on the assertion of management
concerning the effectiveness of the institution’s internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting.

Insider  Transactions. The  Bank  is  subject  to  restrictions  on  extensions  of  credit  to  executive  officers,  directors,
principal stockholders or any related interest of these persons.  Extensions of credit must be made on substantially the
same terms, including interest rates and collateral as the terms available  for third parties  and  must  not involve  more
than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.  The Bank is also subject to lending limits and
restrictions on overdrafts to these persons.

Community Reinvestment  Act  Requirements. The  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA)  of  1977  requires  that,  in
connection  with  examinations  of  financial  institutions  within  their  jurisdiction,  the  federal  banking  regulators  must
evaluate the record of the financial institutions in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low
and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of those banks.  These factors are
also  considered  in  evaluating  mergers,  acquisitions  and  applications  to  open  a  branch  or  facility.
In  its  most  recent
CRA examination dated August 13, 2012, the Bank received a rating of “Satisfactory.”

State  Bank  Activities. With  limited  exceptions,  FDIC-insured  state  banks,  like  the  Bank,  may  not  make  or  retain
equity investments of a rate or in an amount that are not permissible for national banks and also may not engage as a
principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank or its subsidiary, respectively, unless the bank meets,
and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity would
not pose a significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of which the bank is a member.

Regulations  Governing  Extensions  of  Credit. The  Bank  is  subject  to  restrictions  on  extensions  of  credit  to the
Company and  on  investments  in the  Company’s  securities  and  using  those  securities  as  collateral  for  loans.    These
regulations and restrictions may limit the Company’s ability to obtain funds from the Bank for its cash needs, including
funds  for  acquisitions  and  for  payment  of  dividends,  interest  and  operating  expenses.    Further,  the  Bank  Holding
Company Act and Federal Reserve regulations prohibit a bank holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in
various tie-in arrangements in connection with extensions of credit, leases or sales of property or furnishing of services.

Reserve  Requirements. Effective  December  27,  2012,  the  Federal  Reserve  requires  all  depository  institutions  to
maintain  reserves  against  their  transaction  accounts.    For  net  transaction  accounts,  the  first  $12.4  million  is  exempt
from  reserve  requirements.    A  three  percent  reserve  ratio  will  be  assessed  on  net  transaction  accounts  over  $12.4
million up to and including $79.5 million.  A ten percent reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts in excess
of  $79.5  million  (subject  to  adjustment  by  the  Federal  Reserve).    The  balances  maintained  to  meet  the  reserve
requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve may be used to satisfy liquidity requirements

18

Other Regulations

Interest and various other charges collected or contracted for by the Bank are subject to state usury laws and other
federal  laws  concerning  interest  rates.    The  Bank’s  loan  operations  are  also  subject  to  federal  laws applicable  to
credit transactions.  The Federal Truth in Lending Act governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers.
The  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act  of  1975  requires  financial  institutions  to  provide  information  to  enable  the
public  and  public  officials  to  determine  whether  a  financial  institution  is  fulfilling  its  obligation  to  help  meet  the
housing needs of the community it serves.  The Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits discrimination on the basis
of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit.  The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003
governs  the  use  and  provision  of  information  to  credit  reporting  agencies. This  act  also  requires  financial
institutions to establish reasonable procedures of identifying identity  theft. The Fair Debt Collection  Act governs
the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies.  The various federal agencies charged
with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws have adopted various rules and regulations.  The deposit
operations  of  the Bank  are  also  subject  to  the  Right  to  Financial  Privacy  Act,  which  imposes  a  duty  to  maintain
confidentiality  of  consumer  financial  records  and  prescribes  procedures  for  complying  with  administrative
subpoenas of financial records, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve
to  implement  that  Act,  which  govern  automatic  deposits  to  and  withdrawals  from  the  use  of  ATMs  and  other
electronic banking services.

Item 1A:

Risk Factors

The  risks  and  uncertainties  described  below  are  not  the  only  risks  that  may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the
Company and they are not necessarily presented in order of significance.  Additional risks and uncertainties could
also adversely affect the Company’s business and financial results.  If any or a combination of these risks occurs,
our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations  could  be adversely affected and the  market  price  of  the
Company’s stock could decline.  Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report
on  Form  10-K  constitute  forward-looking  statements,  the  risk  factors  set  forth below  are  cautionary  statements
identifying  important  factors  that  could  cause  the  Company’s  actual  results  to  differ  from  those  expressed  in  any
forward-looking statements.

Our operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to maintain and increase our deposit base and secure
adequate funding.

We  fund  our  banking  and  lending  activities  primarily  through  demand,  savings  and  time  deposits  and,  to  a  lesser
extent, lines of credit, sale/repurchase facilities from various financial institutions, securities sold under agreement to
repurchase and FHLBank borrowings. The success of our  business depends in part on our ability to  maintain and
increase our deposit base and our ability to maintain access to other funding sources. Our inability to obtain funding
on favorable terms, on a timely basis, or at all, would adversely affect our operations and financial condition.

The loss of our key personnel could adversely affect our operations.

We  are  a  relatively  small  organization  and  depend  on  the  services  of  all  of  our  employees.  Our  growth  and
development  to  date  has  depended  in  a  large  part  on  a  few  key  employees  who  have  primary  responsibility  for
maintaining  personal  relationships  with  our  largest  customers.  The  unexpected  loss  of  services  of  one  or  more  of
these  key  employees  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations.  Our  key  employees  are  Robert  D.
Regnier, Mark A. Fortino, Bruce A. Easterly, and Bonnie M. McConnaughy. Each of these persons is an officer of
the  Bank.  We  do  not  have  written  employment  or  non-compete  agreements  with  any  of  these  key  employees;
however,  if  employment  was  terminated,  Mr.  Regnier  would  lose 8,930 Blue  Valley  Ban  Corp.  Restricted  Stock
Awards  and  Mr. Fortino,  Mr. Easterly,  and  Ms. McConnaughy  would  each  lose 1,000 of  Blue  Valley  Ban  Corp.
Restricted Stock Awards. We carry bank owned life insurance policies on each of these executive officers.

19

Changes in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings and cost of funds.

Changes in interest rates affect our operating performance and financial condition in diverse ways. A substantial part
of our profitability depends on the difference between the rates we receive on loans and investments and the rates we
pay for deposits and other sources of funds. Our net interest spread will depend on many factors that are partly or
entirely  outside  our  control,  including  competition,  federal  monetary  and  fiscal  policies,  and  economic  conditions
generally. Historically, net interest spreads for many financial institutions have widened and narrowed in response to
these  and  other  factors,  which  are  often  collectively  referred  to  as  “interest  rate  risk.”  We  try  to  minimize  our
exposure  to  interest  rate  risk,  but  are  unable  to  eliminate  it.  As  discussed  on  page [52],  we  use  an  asset/liability
modeling  system to analyze  our current sensitivity to instantaneous and permanent changes in interest rates. The
system simulates our asset and liability base and projects future net interest income results under several interest rate
assumptions.  This allows management to view how changes in interest rates will affect the spread between the yield
received on assets and the cost of deposits and borrowed funds.  Among other strategies, we attempt to mitigate the
risk from increases in interest rates by maintaining a significant level of adjustable rate loans in our portfolio, and
attempt to mitigate the risk from declines in interest rates by implementing rate floors for our adjustable rate loan
portfolio and managing our level of fixed rate liabilities.  As illustrated in the Interest-Rate Sensitivity Analysis on
page [54], as of December 31, 2013, approximately 55% of our loan portfolio has variable rates, and approximately
50% of our loan portfolio matures or reprices in 90 days or less. As a result of the number of adjustable rate loans in
our portfolio, increases in interest rates will expose us to greater risk of delinquencies and defaults on such loans,
which could lead to decreased earnings.  In addition, increased interest rates may decrease the number of loans that
we originate, which could also lead to decreased earnings.

Because our business is concentrated in the Kansas City MSA, a downturn in the economy of the Kansas City MSA
may adversely affect our business.

Our  success  is  dependent  to  a  significant  extent  upon  the  general  economic  conditions  in  the  Kansas  City  MSA,
including Johnson County, Kansas, and, in particular, the conditions for the medium- and small-sized businesses that
are  the  focus  of  our  customer  base.  Adverse  changes  in  economic  conditions  in  the  Kansas  City  MSA,  including
Johnson County, Kansas, could impair our ability to collect loans, reduce our growth rate and have a negative effect
on our overall financial condition.

If  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  insufficient  to  absorb  losses  in  our  loan  portfolio,  it  will  adversely  affect  our
financial condition and results of operations.

Some borrowers may not repay loans that we make to them. This risk is inherent in the banking business. Like all
financial institutions, the Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable loan losses in our loan
portfolio.  The  level of  the  allowance  reflects  management’s  continuing  evaluation  of  industry  concentrations,
specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio credit quality, economic and regulatory conditions
and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. However, we cannot predict loan losses with certainty,
and we cannot assure you that our allowance will be sufficient to cover our future loan losses. Loan losses in excess
of our reserves would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review our loan
portfolio.  These  agencies  may  require  us  to  add  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  based  on  their judgments  and
interpretations  of  information  available  to  them  at  the  time  of  their  examinations.  If  these  agencies  require  us  to
increase our allowance for loan losses, our earnings  will be adversely affected in the period in which the increase
occurs.

20

Our  concentration  of  loans  secured  by  real  estate  may  continue  to  adversely  affect  our  financial  condition  and
results of operations.

As of December 31, 2013, approximately $145.0 million, or 34.97% of our loan portfolio, represented commercial
real  estate  loans,  approximately  $44.8  million,  or  10.80%  represented  construction  loans, approximately $44.8
million, or 10.79%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans and approximately $43.2 million, or
10.41%  represented  home  equity  loans. A  downturn  in  the  real  estate  market,  the  deterioration  in  the  value  of
collateral,  and  the  local  and national  economic  recessions  would  adversely  affect  our  customers’  ability  to  sell  or
refinance real estate and repay their loans. In the event we are required to foreclose on a property securing one of
our mortgage loans, or otherwise pursue remedies in order to protect our investment, we may be unable to recover
enough value from the collateral to prevent a loss.

We may incur significant costs if we foreclose on environmentally contaminated real estate.

If  we  foreclose  on  a  defaulted  real  estate  loan  to  recover  our  investment,  we  may  be  subject  to  environmental
liabilities  in  connection  with  the  underlying  real  property.  It  is  also  possible  that  hazardous  substances  or  wastes
may  be  discovered  on  these  properties  during  our  ownership  or  after  they  are  sold  to  a  third  party.  If  they  are
discovered  on  a  property  that  we  have  acquired  through  foreclosure  or  otherwise,  we  may  be  required  to  remove
those  substances and clean  up the property. We  may  have to pay  for the entire cost of  any removal and clean-up
without the contribution of any other third parties. We may also be liable to tenants and other users of neighboring
properties. These costs or liabilities may exceed the fair value of the property. In addition, we may find it difficult or
impossible to sell the property prior to or following any environmental clean-up.

The Bank is subject to possible future repurchase and indemnification demands on mortgage loans previously sold
to investors.

The  Bank  is  subject  to  possible  future  repurchase  and  indemnification  demands  for  future  losses  realized  by
investors for alleged breaches of representations and warranties on mortgage loans previously sold to investors.  The
financial services industry has been materially and adversely impacted by a prolonged period of negative economic
conditions,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  high  levels  of  unemployment,  declines  in  asset  values,  as  well  as
delinquencies  and  defaults  on  loans.    These  defaults  on  loans  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  possible  “strategic
defaults”  which  are  characterized  by  borrowers  that  appear  to  have  the  financial  means  to  meet  the  debt  service
requirements of their loans, however, elect not to do so because the value of the assets securing their debts may have
declined below the amount of the debt or in consideration of statutory restrictions which impede a lender’s ability to
exercise  prudent  collection  efforts  or  foreclose  in  an  efficient  manner.    The  Company’s  consolidated  financial
statements have been prepared using values and information currently available to the Company; however, there can
be no assurance that the impact of these conditions will cease or reverse to mitigate possible risk of future potential
losses by the Bank.

If we are not able to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry, our business will be adversely
affected.

Our business is extremely competitive. Many of our competitors are, or are affiliates of, enterprises that have greater
resources,  name  recognition  and  market  presence  than  we  do.  Some  of  our  competitors  are  not  regulated  as
extensively  as  we  are  and,  therefore,  may  have  greater  flexibility  in  competing  for  business.  Some  of  these
competitors are subject to similar regulation but have the advantages of established customer bases, higher lending
limits, extensive branch networks, numerous ATMs, and more ability to absorb the costs of maintaining technology
or other factors.

21

Blue Valley and the Bank are subject to extensive governmental regulation.

Blue  Valley  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  extensive  governmental  regulation.  Blue  Valley,  as  a  bank  holding
company, is regulated primarily by the Federal Reserve Bank. The Bank is a commercial bank chartered by the State
of Kansas and regulated by the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the OSBC. These
federal and state bank regulators have the ability, should the situation require, to impose significant regulatory and
operational restrictions as well as levy monetary fines and/or penalties upon us and the Bank. Any such restrictions
imposed by federal and state bank regulators could affect the profitability of the Blue Valley and the Bank.

The  Company  and  Bank  have  entered  into an  agreement  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City,  which
requires us to dedicate a significant amount of resources to complying with the agreement and may have a material
adverse effect on our operations and the value of our securities.

The Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank entered into a  written agreement  with the  Federal Reserve
Bank of Kansas City as of November 4, 2009.  This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by
the regulators in May 2009, and related primarily to the Bank’s asset quality.  Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company  and  the  Bank  agreed,  among  other  things,  to  submit  an  enhanced  written  plan  to  strengthen  credit  risk
management  practices  and  improve  the  Bank’s  position  on  past  due  loans, classified  loans,  and  other  real  estate
owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate allowance for
loan loss; maintain sufficient capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall
condition.  The Company and Bank also agreed not to increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares
of  stock  or  declare  or  pay  any  dividends  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.    The
Company and the Bank substantially complied with all terms of the written agreement.

As a result of a  November 12, 2012 regulatory examination,  which  noted the improved financial condition of the
Company and the Bank, satisfactory risk management processes, and senior management oversight, as well as full
compliance  with  all  actionable  provisions  of  the  Written  Agreement,  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City
terminated  the  November  4,  2009  Written  Agreement  and,  effective  January  11,  2013,  replaced  it  with  the
MOU. The  MOU’s  purpose  is  to  maintain  the  financial  soundness  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank,  and  provides
among other things, the Company and the Bank will continue to work on improvement of asset quality, maintain an
adequate  allowance  for  loan  losses,  maintain  adequate capital,  improve  earnings,  and  not  declare  or  pay  any
dividends or increase or guarantee any debt without prior written approval from the Federal Reserve Bank and the
OSBC.

If  the  Company  and  Bank  do  not  comply  with  the  MOU,  we  could  be  subject  to  the  assessment  of  civil  money
penalties, further regulatory sanctions, or other regulatory enforcement actions.

We  are  not  paying  dividends  on  our  common  stock  and  are  deferring  distributions  on  our  preferred  stock,  had
previously  deferred  distributions  on  our subordinated  debentures,  and  are  otherwise  restricted  from  paying  cash
dividends on our common stock. The failure to resume paying dividends and distributions may adversely affect us.

Under the terms of the MOU, prior regulatory approval is currently required before the payment of any dividends.
The Company relies on dividends from the Bank to assist in making debt service and dividend payments. There is
no assurance that the Company will resume paying dividends on its common stock. Even if the Company resumes
paying dividends, future payment of cash dividends on its common stock, if any, will be subject to the prior payment
of any unpaid dividends and deferred distributions on the Subordinated Debentures and the Fixed Rate Cumulative
Preferred Stock. Under the governing documents of our Subordinated Debentures issued by BVBC Capital Trust II
and III, the quarterly payments since April 24, 2009 for BVBC Capital Trust II and since March 31, 2009 for BVBC
Capital Trust III had been deferred through December 30, 2013.  We had received regulatory approval and utilized
the  proceeds  from  the  December  23,  2013  initial  close  of  our  December  2013  Offering to  bring current all
previously  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and  interest  on  our  Subordinated  Debentures issued  by  BVBC  Capital
Trust II and III prior to December 31, 2013.  Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we received approval for the Bank
to pay dividends to the Company to pay amounts needed to pay quarterly dividends due in March and April, 2014
for our Subordinated Debentures.

22

In  addition,  at  the  request  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City,  we  have  deferred  the  quarterly  dividend
payment on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock since May 15, 2009.  The Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred
Stock carries a 5% per year cumulative preferred dividend rate, payable quarterly.  The dividend rate increases to
9% beginning with the May 15, 2014 quarterly payment, which will cause our quarterly dividend to increase from
$271,875  to $493,375.    Dividends  compound  if they  accrue  and  are  not  paid.    Failure  by  us  to  pay  the  preferred
share dividend is not an event of default and we have accrued for all deferred dividends and compounded interest
through December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had accrued $5.8 million and
$4.5 million, respectively, for dividends and interest on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock.

Confidential customer information transmitted through the Bank’s online banking service is vulnerable to security
breaches and computer viruses, which could expose the Bank to litigation and adversely affect its reputation and
ability to generate deposits.

The Bank provides its customers with the ability to bank online. The secure transmission of confidential information
over the Internet is a critical element of online banking. The Bank’s network could be vulnerable to unauthorized
access,  computer  viruses,  phishing  schemes  and  other  security  problems.  The  Bank  may  be  required  to  spend
significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to
mitigate damage caused by security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of
its customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could
expose  the  Bank  to  claims,  litigation  and  other  possible  liabilities.  Any  inability  to  prevent  security  breaches  or
computer  viruses  could  also  cause  existing  and  potential  customers  to  lose  confidence  in  the  Bank’s  systems  and
could adversely affect its reputation and its ability to retain and/or grow deposits

Item 1B:

Unresolved Staff Comments

No items are reportable.

23

Item 2:

Properties

The Bank currently operates five full service banking centers, which includes our principal office located at 11935
Riley in Overland Park, Kansas, and an operations center location.
In January 2009, the Company placed the 7900
College Boulevard location up for lease or possible sale. The portions of these premises listed below as subleased
are leased to third parties.  The following table sets forth the locations of the banking and operations centers, dates
opened, mortgage indebtedness, and occupancy:

Location

Overland Park Banking Center
11935 Riley
Overland Park, KS *
Olathe Banking Center
1235 E. Santa Fe
Olathe, KS **
Shawnee Banking Center
5520 Hedge Lane Terrace
Shawnee, KS **
College Boulevard Office
7900 College Boulevard
Overland Park, KS *
Leawood Banking Center
13401 Mission Road
Leawood, KS *
Lenexa Banking Center
9500 Lackman Road
Lenexa, KS **

Year
Occupied

Mortgage Indebtedness
as of December 31,
2013

1994

2001

2001

2003

2004

2007

None

None

None

None

None

None

Occupancy

100%

100%

100%
24% by Bank and common area
65% by Sublessor
11% Marketed for Sublease
47% by Bank and common area
50% by Sublessor
3% Marketed for Sublease

100%

* The building is owned by Blue Valley Building Corp.
** The building is owned by the Bank.

Item 3:

Legal Proceedings

We  are  periodically  involved  in  routine  litigation  incidental  to  our  business.    We  are  not  a  party  to  any  pending
litigation that we believe is likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.

Item 4:

Mine Safety Disclosures

No items are reportable.

24

Item 5:

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities.

Part II

Market for Common Stock

We are a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), as amended, as a result of
a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in December, 2013 for a common stock
rights offering that we completed during January 2014. On January 16, 2014, we filed a Form 15 with the Securities
and Exchange Commission suspending our reporting obligations under the 1934 Act. Shares of our common stock
are quoted on the OTCQB under the trading symbol “BVBC.” As of January 31, 2014, there were approximately
174 stockholders of record of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low bid prices of the
Company’s  common  stock since  the  first  quarter  of 2012 based  on closing  stock  price quotations  provided  by
Yahoo.com.  These prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not
necessarily represent actual transactions.

Fiscal Quarter

First
Second
Third
Fourth

Dividends

2013

$

$

High
9.50
7.90
7.55
8.00

$

Low
4.50
7.25
6.26
6.00

High
5.50
3.55
4.49
4.50

2012

$

Low
3.85
3.55
4.00
4.50

The Company’s consolidated net income consists largely of the operations of the Bank; therefore, our ability to pay
dividends on our common stock is subject to the receipt of dividends from the Bank.  The ability of the Bank to pay
dividends to us, and thus our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders, is regulated by federal banking laws.  In
addition, as we  elect  to  defer dividends  on  our  Preferred  Shares  or  if  we  elect  to  defer interest  payments  on  our
outstanding junior subordinated debentures, we are prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock during
such  deferral. As  a  result  of  a Memoranda  of  Understanding  (MOU) with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank (for  more
information see Regulatory Matters section in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results  of  Operations), the  Company  and  Bank have agreed  not  to  increase  or  guarantee  any  debt,  purchase  or
redeem any shares of stock or declare or pay any dividends without prior written approval from the Federal Reserve
Bank.    After  that  agreement  is  terminated,  our  Board  of  Directors  anticipates restoration  of the  ability  to  declare
future dividends, subject to limitations imposed by regulatory capital guidelines and approval, as permitted by the
Company’s profitability and liquidity. We have not declared or paid a cash dividend to our common stockholders
since 2007, and we do not know when we will be able to resume paying cash dividends.

25

Item 6:

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents our consolidated financial data as of and for the five years ended December 31, 2013,
and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” each of which is included elsewhere in
this Form 10-K.  The selected balance sheet and statements of operations data, insofar as they relate to the five years
in  the  five-year  period  ended  December  31, 2013,  have  been  derived  from  our  audited  consolidated  financial
statements.

As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands, except  share and per share data)

Selected Statements of Operations Data
Interest and dividend income:

Interest and fees on loans.......................................................... $
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments ................
Available-for-sale securities ....................................................
Dividends on Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve
Bank Stock..............................................................................
Total interest and dividend income .....................................

Interest expense:

Interest-bearing demand deposits .............................................
Savings and money market deposit accounts ...........................
Other time deposits ..................................................................
Funds borrowed .......................................................................
Total interest expense .........................................................
Net interest income..............................................................
Provision for loan losses ...............................................................

Net interest income (loss) after provision for

20,800
135
1,683

239
22,857

313
275
1,661
3,222
5,471
17,386
950

loan losses ......................................................................

16,436

Non-interest income:

Loans held for sale fee income..................................................
NSF charges and service fees....................................................
Other service charges
Realized gains on available-for-sale securities..........................
Other income ...........................................................................
Total non-interest income ...................................................

Non-interest expense:

Salaries and employee benefits ................................................
Net occupancy expense.............................................................
Foreclosed assets expense .........................................................
Other operating expense ..........................................................
Total non-interest expense...................................................
Income (loss) before income taxes ...........................................
Provision (benefit) for income taxes....................................
Net Income (loss) .....................................................................
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock.........................
Net loss available to common stockholders ......................... $

Per Share Data

Basic earnings .......................................................................... $
Diluted earnings .......................................................................
Dividends..................................................................................
Book value basic (at end of period) .........................................
Weighted average common shares outstanding:

1,456
968
2,478
127
3,443
8,472

11,079
2,620
3,612
6,855
24,166
742
(300)
1,042
1,104
(62)

(0.02)
(0.02)
0.00
4.73

$

$

$

22,852
193
1,097

241
24,383

700
291
2,487
3,714
7,192
17,191
1,200

15,991

2,447
980
2,472
–
1,535
7,434

10,587
2,568
2,647
7,506
23,308
117
(150)
267
1,106
(839)

(0.29)
(0.29)
0.00
6.18

$

$

$

25,277
151
1,202

225
26,855

1,611
346
3,755
3,543
9,255
17,600
3,300

14,300

2,120
944
2,276
–
984
6,324

10,955
2,599
5,219
7,851
26,624
(6,000)
9,823
15,823
1,106
(16,929)

(6.03)
(6.03)
0.00
6.60

$

$

$

28,011
245
1,825

222
30,303

2,343
438
7,746
3,836
14,363
15,940
3,095

12,845

3,506
1,062
2,021
885
1,145
8,619

11,753
2,756
2,708
8,550
25,767
(4,303)
(1,561)
(2,742)
1,105
(3,847)

(1.38)
(1.38)
0.00
12.66

$

$

$

33,996
144
1,943

211
36,294

2,589
490
10,742
4,166
17,987
18,307
21,635

(3,328)

2,785
1,472
1,778
346
1,664
8,045

12,272
2,811
3,862
8,896
27,841
(23,124)
(8,514)
(14,610)
1,045
(15,655)

(5.68)
(5.68)
0.00
14.09

Basic .................................................................................
Diluted ..............................................................................

2,930,115
2,951,376

2,855,566
2,867,563

2,806,299
2,827,888

2,773,039
2,788,154

2,754,419
2,762,603

Dividend payout ratio

0.00%

0.00%

0.00%

0.00 %

0.00 %

26

As of and for the
Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands)

Selected Balance Sheet Data

(at end of period):

Total available-for-sale securities................................................... $
Total mortgage loans held for sale, fair value ................................
Total loans......................................................................................
Total assets.....................................................................................
Total deposits.................................................................................
Funds borrowed .............................................................................
Total stockholders’ equity..............................................................
Trust assets under administration ...................................................

100,657
1,438
414,795
609,086
448,368
110,222
42,228
155,315

$

77,845
7,621
415,671
657,005
484,466
122,779
39,815
140,976

$

61,790
5,686
438,843
654,452
490,413
115,806
40,455
129,580

$

63,640
8,162
492,454
723,101
541,218
118,505
57,164
125,702

$

72,757
8,752
554,111
773,967
590,110
118,208
60,603
105,071

Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
Performance Ratios:

Net interest margin (1).........................................................
Non-interest income to average assets .................................
Non-interest expense to average assets ................................
Net overhead ratio (2)..........................................................
Efficiency ratio (3) ..............................................................
Return on average assets (4) ................................................
Return on average equity (5) ...............................................

3.13%
1.36
3.87
2.52
93.45
0.17
(0.37)

2.92%
1.14
3.57
2.43
94.65
0.04
(4.97)

2.91%
0.93
3.90
2.97
111.29
(2.32)
(51.84)

2.23%
1.09
3.26
2.14
104.92
(0.35)
(10.25)

2.43%
0.99
3.42
2.40
105.65
(1.79)
(33.07)

Asset Quality Ratios:

Non-performing loans to total loans ....................................
Allowance for possible loan losses to:

Total loans......................................................................
Non-performing loans ....................................................
Net charge-offs to average total loans..................................
Non-performing loans to total assets ...................................
Non-performing assets to total assets...................................
Foreclosed assets held for sale to non-performing assets.....
Texas Ratio (6) ....................................................................
Classified asset ratio (7) ......................................................

1.71%

1.16%

2.58%

6.16%

6.30%

2.17
126.55
0.25
1.17
5.40
78.41
45.81
64.61

2.18
187.23
1.24
0.74
5.60
86.85
49.16
73.69

3.01
116.46
1.04
1.73
6.20
72.09
52.59
96.68

2.99
48.53
1.61
4.20
6.98
39.89
54.91
107.84

3.61
57.33
2.30
4.51
7.02
35.77
54.90
129.10

Balance Sheet Ratios:

Loans to deposits .................................................................
Average interest-earning assets to average

92.51%

85.80%

89.48%

90.99%

93.90%

interest-bearing liabilities ...............................................

116.53

118.52

116.17

113.18

115.08

Capital Ratios:

Total equity to total assets ...................................................
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio............................
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio...........................
Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio ....................................
Average equity to average assets ratio................................

6.93%
13.90
11.96
10.07
6.07

6.06%
12.01
9.70
8.17
6.07

6.18%
12.08
9.80
8.04
7.97

7.91%
12.66
11.39
9.04
7.48

7.83%
12.54
11.26
9.07
8.47

(1) Net interest income, on a full tax-equivalent basis, divided by average interest-earning assets.
(2) Non-interest expense less non-interest income divided by average total assets.
(3) Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income.
(4) Net income divided by average total assets.
(5) Net loss available to common stockholders divided by average common equity.
(6) The sum of non-performing assets and loans past due > 90 days divided by tangible equity capital plus the allowance for loan losses (Bank ratio).
(7) Classified assets divided by the sum of Tier 1 Capital plus the allowance for loan losses (Bank ratio)

27

Item 7:

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as
of  the  dates  and  for  the  periods  indicated.    You  should  read  this  discussion  in  conjunction  with  our  “Selected
Consolidated Financial Data,” our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, and other financial
data contained elsewhere in this report.

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act
of  1934,  as  amended.    The  Company  intends  such  forward-looking  statements  to  be  covered  by  the  safe  harbor
provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and is
including this statement for purposes of those safe harbor provisions.  Forward-looking statements, which are based
on  certain  assumptions  and  describe  future  plans,  strategies and  expectations  of  the  Company,  can  generally  be
identified  by  use  of  the  words "anticipate," "believe," "can,"  "continue,"  "could,"  "estimate," "expect,"  "intend,"
"may,"  "plan,"  "potential,"  "predict,"  "project,"  "should," or the  negative  of  these  terms  or  other  comparable
terminology.    The  Company  is  unable  to  predict  the  actual  results  of  its  future  plans  or  strategies  with  certainty.
Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Company include,
but are not limited to, fluctuations in market rates of interest and loan and deposit pricing; inability to maintain or
increase deposit base and secure adequate funding; a continued deterioration of general economic conditions or the
demand for housing in the Company's market areas; deterioration in the demand for mortgage financing; legislative
or  regulatory  changes; regulatory  action; continued adverse  developments  in  the  Company's  loan  or  investment
portfolio; any inability to obtain funding on favorable terms; the Company’s non-payment on TARP funds or Trust
Preferred  Securities; the  loss  of  key  personnel;  significant  increases  in  competition; potential unfavorable  actions
from rating agencies; potential unfavorable results of litigation to which the Company may become a party; and the
possible dilutive effect of potential acquisitions or expansions.  These risks and uncertainties should be considered in
evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. We operate in a
very competitive and rapidly changing environment.  New risks emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for
us to predict all risk factors.  Nor can we address the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any
factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-
looking statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

Please refer to Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements where we present a listing and discussion of our most
significant accounting policies.  After a review of these policies, we determined that accounting for the allowance
for loan losses and income taxes are deemed critical accounting policies because of the valuation techniques used,
and the sensitivity of certain financial statement amounts to the methods, as well as the assumptions and estimates,
underlying these policies.  Accounting for these critical areas requires subjective and complex judgments that could
be subject to revision as new information becomes available.

As presented in Note 1 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the allowance for loan losses represents
management’s estimate  of  probable  credit  losses  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio  as  of the  balance  sheet  date. This
evaluation  is  inherently  subjective  as  it  requires  estimates  that  are  susceptible  to  significant  revision  as  more
information  becomes  available. The  adequacy  of  the  allowance for  loan  losses is  analyzed  monthly  based  on
internal loan reviews and qualitative measurements of our loan portfolio. Management assesses the adequacy of the
allowance for loan losses based upon a number of factors including, among others:

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

(cid:3)

analytical reviews of loan loss experience in relationship to outstanding loans and commitments;

problem and non-performing loans and other loans presenting credit concerns;

trends in loan growth, portfolio composition and quality;

appraisals of the value of collateral; and

(cid:3) management’s judgment with respect to current economic conditions and their impact on the existing loan

portfolio.

28

The  Bank  computes  its  allowance for  loan  losses by  assigning  specific  reserves  to  impaired  loans,  plus  a  general
reserve  based  on  loss  factors  applied  to  the  rest  of  the  loan  portfolio.    The  specific  reserve  on  impaired  loans  is
computed as the amount of the loan in excess of the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at
the loan’s effective interest rate, or based on the loan’s observable market value or the fair value of the collateral if
the  loan  is  collateral  dependent.  The  general  reserve  loss  factors  are  determined  based  on  such  items  as
management's  evaluation  of  risk  in  the  portfolio,  local economic  conditions,  and  historical  loss  experience. The
Bank has further refined its risk grading system by developing associated reserve factors for each risk grade.

As discussed in Notes 1 and 12 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company accounts for income taxes in
accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). Current income tax expense reflects
taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable
income  or  excess  of deductions  over  revenues. Deferred  income  taxes  represent  the  expected  future  tax
consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or income tax returns.  The Company
determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method.  Under this method, the net deferred
tax  asset  or  liability  is based  on  the  tax  effects  of  the  differences  between  the  book  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred tax
assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized
or sustained upon examination. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not
recognition  threshold  considers  the  facts,  circumstances  and  information  available  at  the  reporting  date  and  is
subject to the management’s judgment.  Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the
weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be
realized. The  Company  regularly  monitors  taxing  authorities  for  changes  in  laws  and  regulations  and  their
interpretations of the judicial system.

Overview

2012 was a pivotal year for us in terms of operating results and asset quality improvement, and these trends have
continued  through  2013.   We  recorded  net  income  of  $1.0  million (net loss available  to  common  stockholders  of
$62,000 after dividends and accretion on preferred stock) compared to net income of $267,000 (net loss available to
common  stockholders  of  $839,000  after  dividends and  accretion on  preferred  stock) during  the  prior  year  period.
Our net interest income increased $200,000, or 1.13%, to $17.4 million compared to $17.2 million in the prior year.
Additionally,  our  asset  quality  has  continued  to  improve,  which was a  contributing  factor  for  our  improved
performance  in  2013. Non-performing  assets  (non-accrual  loans  plus  foreclosed  assets  held  for  sale)  of  $32.9
million as of December 31, 2013 were reduced by 10.51% from $36.8 million as of December 31, 2012 as a result of
write-downs  and  sales  of  foreclosed  assets  held  for  sale,  improving  economic  conditions  and  continued  prudent
credit administration by management. The improvements in the credit quality of our loan portfolio, in addition to
reduction in the amount of loan losses charged off to the allowance for loan losses, precipitated a reduction in the
recorded loan loss provision in 2013 to $950,000 compared to a provision of $1.2 million during the previous year.
As a result of the improvement in our credit quality during 2013, we recorded negative provisions for loan losses of
$1.7  million  during  the  year,  however,  near  the  end  of  January,  2014, based  on  a  review  of  updated  financial
information  from the borrower and discussions  with the borrower, we determined that the credit quality of a $5.0
million  commercial  loan  relationship  had  deteriorated  substantially  in  the  previous  period. This precipitated  a
downgrade to the loans in the relationship and necessitated that we record a $2.65 million provision as of December
31, 2013, resulting in a provision for loan losses of $950,000 for the year ending December 31, 2013.  The recorded
balance  of  foreclosed  assets  for  sale  declined  to  $25.8 million  at December 31,  2013  from  $31.9  million  at
December 31, 2012.  We continue to actively market and manage these properties.  For the year ended December
31, 2013, non-interest income increased 13.96% to $8.5 million from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31,
2012, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 non-interest expense increased 3.68% to $24.2 million from $23.3
million for the year ended December 31, 2012.  Our loss per share on a diluted basis was $0.02 for the year ending
December 31, 2013, an improvement compared to diluted loss per share of $0.29 for the year ended December 31,
2012.  Our year to date returns on average assets and average common stockholders’ equity for 2013 were 0.17%
and negative 0.37%, compared to 0.04% and negative 4.97%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net  interest  income  for  the year ending December 31,  2013  was  $17.4 million,  a  slight increase  of  $195,000  or
1.13%,  compared  to  $17.2 million  for  2012. Despite  a  decline  in  total  average  earning  assets of  approximately

29

$30.5 million  or 5.16%,  this  relative  stability  of  our  net  interest  income  resulted  from  the  reduction  in  average
balance  of  time  deposits,  our  reduction  in  rates  on  deposits  and investment  of  available  liquidity  to  increase  and
diversify our  investment  portfolio.    Total  interest  income  declined  by  approximately  $1.5 million or 6.26%.    Our
yield on interest earning assets, on a fully tax equivalent (FTE) basis, declined slightly, to 4.11% in 2013 compared
to 4.14% in 2012.  The $30.5 million decline in average earning assets in 2013 compared to 2012 was principally in
our loan portfolio and other short-term investments, though  some of the decline in these categories  was offset by
increases in our investment securities portfolio.  Total  interest expense declined by approximately $1.7 million or
23.61%.    Average  interest  bearing  liabilities  declined  by  approximately  $17.7 million  or 3.55%.    The  decline  in
interest expense was a result of the decrease in average interest bearing liabilities plus a decrease in rates paid on
deposits  and  securities  sold  under  agreement  to  repurchase  (“repo  accounts”),  included  in  other  interest-bearing
liabilities, in 2013 compared to 2012.  As market rates have declined, we have continued to lower rates on deposit
accounts and repo accounts to match the current deposit and repo account rates in our market.  In addition, we had
account balances from  various previous time deposit promotions  which, upon  maturity, were either redeemed and
the funds were withdrawn or were renewed at lower market rates. Recent increases in longer-term market interest
rates have  not had a  material impact on our net interest income due to the repricing characteristics of our interest
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the indices upon which their rates are derived.  Future changes in
interest rates can impact our operating performance and financial condition in diverse ways.  Our net interest spread
will depend on many factors that are partly or entirely outside our control, including competition, federal monetary
and fiscal policies, and economic conditions generally.  Our analysis of the impact of changes in interest rates on
page [52] indicates that, at December 31, 2013, in the event of a sudden and sustained increase in prevailing market
rates, our net interest income would be expected to increase.  This is a result of the Bank’s asset sensitive position
and loans repricing at a faster rate in a rising rate environment than our interest-bearing liabilities.  In the decreasing
rate scenarios,  the adjustable  rate assets (loans) reprice to lower rates faster than our liabilities, but our fixed-rate
liabilities – long-term FHLBank advances and existing time deposits – would not decrease in rate as much as market
rates.    In  addition,  fixed  rate  loans  might  experience  an  increase  in  prepayments,  further  decreasing  yields  on
earning assets and causing net income to decrease. The Bank has placed floors on its loans over the last several years
which would limit the decline in yield earned on the loan portfolio in a declining rate environment.

Analysis of the credit quality of our loan portfolio and other factors used to determine the level of the Allowance for
Loan Losses precipitated a provision for loan loss of $950,000 for 2013 compared to a provision for loan losses of
$1.2 million in 2012. During 2013, we experienced a decline in the balance of the total loan portfolio as well as a
relatively high ratio of net recoveries to loans charged off during the year compared to recent periods.  The provision
for loan losses recorded in 2012 was primarily related to declines in collateral values of commercial and commercial
real estate loans.

Non-interest income increased 13.96% to $8.5 million in 2013 compared to $7.4 million in 2012. The increase in
non-interest  income  resulted  from our realization  of  approximately  $1.0  million  of  income  upon  payment  of  the
deferred interest due for BVBC Capital Trust III due to a change in assumptions in the calculation for interest due on
the securities, an increase of $770,000 in gains realized on the sale of foreclosed assets held for sale and $127,000 of
gains  realized  from  the  sale  of  available  for sale  investment  securities,  which  were  offset  by  a  decline  of
approximately $990,000 or 41.50% in fee income from loans held for sale. Fluctuations in mortgage interest rates
during 2013 resulted in a decline in mortgage refinance volume across our industry, which negatively impacted our
mortgage operations and resulted in a decline in our loans held for sale fee income in 2013.

Non-interest expense increased 3.68% to $24.1 million in 2013 from $23.3 million in 2012.  The increase in non-
interest  expense was  primarily  attributed  to increases of  $965,000 or 36.46%,  in  foreclosed  assets  expense,
$492,000, or 4.65%, in salaries and employee benefits expenses, partially offset by a decrease of $651,000 in other
operating expense. We recorded a provision for losses on  foreclosed assets held for sale of $2.1 million in 2013,
compared  to  a  provision  of  $866,000  in  2012.    This  increase  is  principally  the  result  of  the  write-down  of  the
recorded value of a single unique foreclosed asset held for sale.  Other expenses related to foreclosed assets held for
sale declined $316,000, or 17.75% in 2013. The decline in other operating expense in 2013 was primarily the result
of a decline in FDIC premiums and regulatory fees expense, which have primarily resulted from improvements in
our asset quality, as well as a decline in professional fees resulting from our decision to discontinue filing reports
with the Securities and Exchange Commission as well as improvements in asset quality.

30

Total assets at December 31, 2013 were $609.1 million, a decrease of $47.9 million, or 7.29%, from $657.0 million
at  December  31,  2012.    Deposits  at  December  31,  2013 were $448.4 million  compared  with  $484.5 million  at
December 31, 2012, a decrease of $36.1 million, or 7.45%. Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2013 was $42.2
million compared with $39.8 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $2.4 million, or 6.06%.

Loans at December 31, 2013 totaled $414.8 million, a decrease of $876,000, or 0.21%, compared to December 31,
2012.  The loan to deposit ratio at December 31, 2013 was 92.51% compared to 85.80% at December 31, 2012.  Our
funding philosophy for loans not held for sale is to primarily increase deposits from retail and commercial deposit
sources  and  secondarily  use  other  borrowing  sources  as  necessary  to  fund  loans  within  the  limits  of  the  Bank's
capital base.

Net Interest Income

A primary component of our net income is our net interest income.  Net interest income is determined by the spread
between  the  fully  tax  equivalent  (FTE)  yields  we  earn  on  our  interest-earning  assets  and  the  rates  we  pay  on  our
interest-bearing liabilities, as well as the relative amounts of such assets and liabilities.  FTE net interest margin is
determined by dividing FTE net interest income by average interest-earning assets. The following discussion should
be read along with analysis of the “Average Balances, Yields and Rates” table on page 32.

Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.  FTE net interest income increased to $17.6 million for 2013 from $17.2
million in 2012, an increase of $308,000, or 1.79%.

FTE interest income for 2013 was $23.0 million, a decrease of $1.4 million, or 5.78%, from $24.4 million in 2012.
The  decrease  was  a  result  of  a slight overall  decline  in  yields  on  average  earning  assets,  a  decline  in  the  average
earning asset volume and a change in the earning asset mix.  The overall yield on average earning assets declined
slightly by 3 basis points to 4.11% in 2013 compared to 4.14% in 2012.  This decline was realized primarily in the
yield  on  loans,  which  declined 23 basis  points.    In  addition,  the  average  outstanding  balance  of  loans  decreased
$20.1 million in 2013, or 4.68%, compared to 2012.  The average balance of federal funds sold and other short-term
investments also decreased $30.0 million, or 36.09% in 2013 compared to 2012.  The declines in these earning asset
categories were partially offset by an increase in the combined average balance of taxable and non-taxable available
for sale  investment  securities  of  $19.7 million,  or 29.52%  in  2013  compared  to  2012,  as  we  deployed  excess
liquidity  and  diversified our investment  portfolio.  The  decline  in  the  average  balance  of  higher  yielding  loans  in
2013  was  a  result  of  loan  payoffs, suppressed  loan  demand  due  to  current  economic  conditions  and  competitive
factors.    The  change  in  the  mix  of  the  available  for  sale  securities  portfolio  enabled  the  average  FTE  yield  on
available-for-sale securities to increase by approximately 40 basis points in 2013 to 2.13% from 1.73%.

Interest expense for 2013 was $5.5 million, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 23.93%, from $7.2 million in 2012.  The
decline in interest expense resulted from a decrease in the average balance of time deposits and the average rate paid
on interest-bearing deposits and repo agreements, included in other interest-bearing liabilities. The average rate on
interest  bearing  deposits  declined  to  0.64%  in  2013  from  0.92%  in  2012  and  the  average  rate  paid  on  repo
agreements declined to 0.08% in 2013 from 0.23% in 2012.  As market rates have declined, we continued to lower
our rates  on  deposit  accounts  and  repo agreements to  match  the  current  deposit  and  repo  agreement  rates  in  our
market.  Further, as a result, we continued to have time deposit account balances from various previous time deposit
promotions which, upon maturity, either redeemed and the funds were withdrawn or renewed at lower market rates.
Additionally, we restructured $40.0 million of our $62.5 million of FHLBank advances during the fourth quarter of
2013, further reducing overall interest expense on these borrowings.

Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. FTE net interest income for 2012 decreased to $17.2 million from $17.6
million in 2011, a decrease of $351,000, or 1.99%.

FTE interest income for 2012 was $24.4 million, a decrease of $2.4 million, or 8.99%, from $26.9 million in 2011.
The decrease was a result of an overall decline in yields on average earning assets, a decline in the average earning
asset volume and a change in the earning asset mix.  The overall yield on average earning assets decreased 29 basis
points to 4.14% compared to 4.43% in 201l.  This decline was realized primarily in yields on loans and loans held

31

for sale, with respective declines of 12 basis points and 51 basis points.  In addition, the average outstanding balance
of loans declined $35.0 million, or 7.54% in 2012 compared to 2011.  Partially offsetting the decline in the average
balance  of  loans,  the  average  balance  of  federal  funds  sold  and  other  short-term  investments  increased  by  $19.5
million, or 30.72%  in 2012 compared to 2011.  The decline in the average balance of higher yielding loans in 2013
was a result of loan payoffs, suppressed loan demand due to current economic conditions and competitive factors.
The average balance for available-for-sale securities was materially unchanged at $66.8 million in 2012 compared to
2011.  The yields on taxable available-for-sale securities continued to decline, to an average rate of 1.55% in 2012
from an average rate of 1.80% in 2011.  As higher  yielding securities  matured or were called, the funds  from the
maturities  were  reinvested  in  a  lower-yielding  interest  rate  environment.    However,  we  diversified  its  investment
portfolio in 2012 with the purchase of non-taxable investment securities available for sale which earned an average
FTE  yield  of  3.88%.    Consequently,  the  average  FTE  yield  for  total  investment  securities  available  for  sale  was
1.73% in 2012, compared to 1.80% in 2011.

Interest expense for 2012 was $7.2 million, a decrease of $2.1 million, or 22.29%, from $9.3 million in 2011.  The
decline in interest expense resulted from a decrease in the average rate paid on average interest-bearing deposits and
a decrease in the average balance of time deposits.  The average rate paid on total average interest-bearing deposits
decreased  to  0.92%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  compared  to  1.41%  in  2011,  a  decrease  of  49  basis
points.  As market rates declined, we lowered its rates on deposit accounts to match the current deposit rates in our
market.  Further, as a result, we continued to have time deposit account balances from various previous time deposit
promotions which, upon maturity, either redeemed and the funds were withdrawn or renewed at lower market rates.

32

Average Balance Sheets. The following table sets  forth for the periods and as of the dates indicated, information
regarding  our  average  balances  of  assets  and  liabilities  as  well  as  the  dollar  amounts  of  interest  income  from
interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant rates or costs.  Ratio, yield
and rate information are based on average daily balances where available; otherwise, average monthly balances have
been used. Non-accrual loans are included in the calculation of average balances for loans for the periods indicated.

AVERAGE BALANCES, YIELDS AND RATES

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2011

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Rate

Average
Balance

Interest

Average
Yield/
Rate

(In thousands)
Assets
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
Available-for-sale securities – taxable .........................
Available-for-sale securities –non- taxable ..................
Mortgage loans held for sale........................................
Loans, net of unearned discount and fees (1) ...............
Federal Home Loan and Federal Reserve Bank Stock

Total earning assets .............................................
Cash and due from banks – non-interest bearing..........
Allowance for loan losses ............................................
Premises and equipment, net........................................
Other assets .................................................................

Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits-interest bearing:
Interest-bearing demand accounts................................
Savings and money market deposits ............................
Time deposits ..............................................................
Total interest-bearing deposits .............................
Other interest-bearing liabilities...................................
Long-term debt ...........................................................
Total interest-bearing liabilities ..........................
Non-interest bearing deposits ......................................
Other liabilities ............................................................
Stockholders’ equity ....................................................

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
FTE net interest income/spread ...........................
FTE net interest margin .......................................

135
1,267
587
119
20,681
239
23,028

313
275
1,661
2,249
26
3,196
5,471

$

$

$

$

53,167 $
71,339
15,170
3,957
409,882
6,556
560,071
17,244
(8,611)
15,580
39,544
623,828

121,214 $
108,062
123,457
352,733
31,661
96,218
480,612
98,295
11,571
38,150
628,628

$

17,557

(1)

Includes average balances and income from loans on non-accrual status.

0.25% $
1.78
3.87
3.01
5.05
3.64
4.11

$

0.26% $
0.25
1.35
0.64
0.08
3.32
1.14

$

2.97%
3.13%

193
958
197
142
22,710
241
24,441

700
291
2,487
3,478
44
3,670
7,192

83,186 $
61,710
5,084
4,107
430,008
6,473
590,568
17,366
(10,544)
15,742
39,832
652,965

126,500 $
96,176
156,739
379,415
18,674
100,213
498,302
105,226
9,779
39,657
652,965

$

17,249

0.23% $
1.55
3.88
3.47
5.28
3.71
4.14

$

0.55% $
0.30
1.59
0.92
0.23
3.66
1.44

$

2.70%
2.92%

63,635 $
66,913

151
1,202

0.24 %
1.80

152
25,125
225
26,855

3.98
5.40
3.53
4.43

1,611
346
3,755
5,712
41
3,502
9,255

1.21 %
0.42
1.99
1.41
0.24
3.52
1.77

3,820
465,053
6,377
605,798
33,724
(13,708)
16,048
41,104
682,966

133,531 $
82,462
188,906
404,899
17,045
99,537
521,481
98,927
8,151
54,407
682,966

$

17,600

2.66 %
2.91 %

33

Analysis of Changes in Net Interest Income Due to Changes in Interest Rates and Volumes. The following table
presents  the  dollar  amount  of  changes  in  interest  income  and interest  expense  for  major  components  of  interest-
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  It distinguishes between the increase or decrease related to changes
in  balances  and  changes  in  interest  rates.    For  each  category  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to:

(cid:3) changes in rate, reflecting changes in rate multiplied by the prior period volume; and

(cid:3) changes in volume, reflecting changes in volume multiplied by the current period rate.

CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE VOLUME AND RATE

VARIANCES

Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands)

2013 Compared to 2012
Change
Due to
Volume

Change
Due to
Rate

Total
Change

2012 Compared to 2011
Change
Due to
Volume

Change
Due to
Rate

Total
Change

$

19

$

(77)

$

(58)

$

(3)

$

45

$

138

-
(19)

171

390
(5)

(1,014)

(1,015)

(5)
(881)

(373)

(46)
(378)

(28)
(342)
(1,167)
286

$

4
(532)

(14)

30
(448)

10
(132)
(554)
22

$

309

390
(24)

(2,029)

(1)
(1,413)

(387)

(16)
(826)

(18)
(474)
(1,721)
308

(163)

-
(19)

(564)

11
(738)

(873)

(97)
(754)

(1)
143
(1,582)
845

$

$

(81)

197
10

(1,851)

4
(1,676)

(38)

42
(514)

4
25
(481)
(1,196)

$

42

(244)

197
(10)

(2,415)

16
(2,414)

(911)

(55)
(1,268)

3
168
(2,063)
(351)

Federal funds sold and other

short-term investments
Available-for-sale securities

– taxable

Available-for-sale securities

– nontaxable

Mortgage loans held for sale
Loans, net of unearned

discount and fees

Federal Home Loan and

Federal Reserve Bank Stock

Total interest income
Interest-bearing demand

accounts

Savings and money market

deposits

Time deposits
Other interest-bearing

liabilities

Long-term debt

Total interest expense

Net interest income

$

Provision for Loan Losses

We  make provisions for loan losses in amounts  management deems necessary to  maintain the allowance for loan
losses  at  an  appropriate  level.    The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  based  upon  the  analysis  of numerous factors,
including general economic conditions, analysis of impaired and classified loans, general reserve factors, changes in
loan  mix,  and  current  and  historical  charge-offs  by  loan  type.    The  historical  charge  off  information  currently
utilized is based on a three year weighted average of net charge offs by loan type with greater weight given to more
current  data  due  to  the  assessed  relevance.    Our  credit  administration  function  performs  monthly  analyses  on  the
loan portfolio to assess and report on risk levels, delinquencies, internal ranking system and overall credit exposure.
Management and the Bank’s Board of Directors review the allowance for loan losses monthly, including assessment
of the factors listed above.  Economic conditions monitored include, but are not limited to: Johnson County, KS and
U.S. unemployment rates; trends in home sales;  consumer confidence; trends in U.S. Gross Domestic Product and

34

leading  economic  indicators;  foreclosure  rates;  commercial  real  estate  vacancy  rates;  stock  market  performance;
inflation; and interest rates.  The allowance for loan losses represents our best estimate of probable losses that have
been incurred as of the respective balance sheet dates.

Years  ended December 31,  2013  and 2012. Analysis  of  the  credit quality  of  our  loan  portfolio  and  other  factors
used to determine the level of the Allowance for Loan Losses precipitated a provision for loan loss of $950,000 for
2013 compared to a provision for loan losses of $1.2 million in 2012. During 2013, we experienced a decline in the
balance of the total loan portfolio as well as a relatively high ratio of net recoveries to loans charged off during the
year compared to recent periods. We charged off loans totaling $1.6 million to the allowance for loan losses and
received recoveries totaling $590,000 in 2013, compared to 2012, when we charged off loans totaling $6.1 million to
the allowance for loan losses and received recoveries totaling $785,000. The improvements in the credit quality of
our loan portfolio, in addition to reduction in the amount of loan losses charged off to the allowance for loan losses,
precipitated a  reduction  in  the recorded loan  loss  provision in  2013  to $950,000 compared  to  a  provision  of  $1.2
million during the previous year.  As a result of the improvement in our credit quality during 2013, we had recorded
negative  provisions  for  loan  losses  of  $1.7  million  during  the  year,  however,  near  the  end  of  January,  2014,  we
determined that the credit quality of a $5.0 million commercial loan relationship had deteriorated substantially in the
previous  period,  which  precipitated  a  downgrade  to  the  loans  and  necessitated  that  we  record  a  $2.65  million
provision as of December 31, 2013. The provision for loan losses recorded during the year ending December 31,
2012 was primarily related to declines in collateral values of commercial loans. The allowance for loan losses as a
percentage  of  loans  was 2.17%  at December  31,  2013,  compared  to  2.18%  at  December  31,  2012. Management
believes  they have  identified  the  significant  classified  and  non-performing  loans  and  will  continue  to  exercise
prudent efforts to pursue collection of these loans.  If real estate and general economic conditions are more adverse
than  management  anticipates  and  losses  increase,  we  could  experience  higher  than  anticipated  loan  losses  in  the
future.

Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.  During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded a $1.2 million
provision  for  loan  losses  compared  to  $3.3  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2011,  a  decrease  of  $2.1
million,  or  63.64%.    In  2012,  we  experienced  a  reduction  in  non-performing  loans  by  $6.5  million,  or  57.29%.
During  the  year  ending  December  31,  2012,  we  charged  off  loans  totaling  $6.1  million  to  the  allowance  for loan
losses and received recoveries totaling $785,000, compared to the previous year, when we charged off loans totaling
$5.5  million  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  received  recoveries  totaling  $672,000. The  provision  for  loan
losses  recorded  in  2012  was  primarily  related  to  declines  in  collateral  values  of  commercial  and  commercial  real
estate loans.  The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans was 2.18% at December 31, 2012, compared to
3.01% in 2011.

Non-interest Income

The following table describes the items of our non-interest income for the periods indicated:

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Year Ended December 31,

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands)
Loans held for sale fee income ............................................
NSF charges and service fees ..............................................
Other service charges...........................................................
Realized gains on available-for-sale securities ...................
Other income ......................................................................
Total non-interest income ..........................................

$

$

1,456
968
2,478
127
3,443
8,472

$

$

2,447
980
2,472
-
1,535
7,434

$

$

2,120
944
2,276
-
984
6,324

Years  ended December  31,  2013  and  2012. Non-interest  income  increased  13.96%  to  $8.5  million  in  2013
compared  to  $7.4  million  in  2012.    The  increase  in  non-interest  income  resulted  from  our realization  of
approximately $1.0 million of income upon payment of the deferred interest due for BVBC Capital Trust III due to a
change  in  assumptions  in  the  calculation  for interest  due  on  the  securities and an  increase  of  $770,000  in  gains

35

realized on the sale of foreclosed assets held for sale, included in other income, and $127,000 of gains realized from
the  sale of available  for sale  investment  securities,  which  were offset by a decline of approximately $990,000, or
41.50%, in loans held for sale fee income. Fluctuations in mortgage interest rates during 2013 resulted in a decline
in mortgage refinance volume across our industry, which negatively impacted our mortgage operations and resulted
in  a  decline  in  our  loans  held  for  sale  fee  income  in  2013. Sustainability  of  the  level  of  loans  held  for  sale  fee
income  is  primarily  dependent  upon  economic  factors,  the  interest  rate  environment  and  the  efficiency  and
functionality  of  the  secondary  market,  and  secondarily  dependent  on  our  ability  to  adapt  to  regulatory  changes,
introduction  of  new  products  into  the  market  and  alternative  delivery channels. NSF  charges  and  service  fees
income  and  other  service  charges  income, which  includes  income  from  trust  services,  investment  brokerage,
merchant  bankcard  processing  and  debit  card  processing, were  not  materially  changed during  the  year ended
December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year period. Future growth of NSF charges and service fee income and
other service charge income is primarily dependent on new product development and growth in our customer base
and is also subject to the impact of regulatory changes. Securities were sold at a gain during 2013 to better position
the  available-for-sale  securities  portfolio  in  consideration  of  the  current  interest  rate environment.    No  securities
were sold in 2012.

Years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Non-interest income increased $1.1 million from the prior year to $7.4
million  for  2012  compared  with  $6.3  million  for  2011,  an  increase  of  17.55%.    Loans  held  for  sale  fee  income
increased $327,000, or 15.42%, in 2012 compared to 2011.  The volume of closed residential mortgage loans held
for sale increased in 2012 to $83.5 million,  from $66.0 million in 2011 as a result of the a favorable interest rate
environment and stabilizing to slightly improving economic factors.  NSF charges and service fees were materially
unchanged  in  2012  compared  to  2011.    Other  service  charge  income,  which  includes  income  from  trust  services,
investment brokerage, merchant bankcard processing and debit card processing, increased by $196,000, or 8.61% in
2012 compared to 2011.  This increase  was primarily a result of increased debit & ATM card fee income, due to
increased usage, and investment service fee income.  Other income increased $551,000, or 56.00%, primarily due to
mark to market adjustments on commitments to sell loans and an increase in rental income on foreclosed assets held
for sale.  The net change in fair value of mortgage loan-related commitments for 2012 was $76,000 compared to a
loss of $257,000 in 2011, an increase of $333,000.  The fair value on these commitments fluctuates based on the
market  rates  for  mortgage  loans.    Rental  income  on  foreclosed  assets  held  for  sale  increased  $131,000  in  2012
compared to 2011 as a result of the transfer of a loan, secured by a leased property, to foreclosed assets held for sale
in 2012.

Non-interest Expense

The following table describes the items of our non-interest expense for the periods indicated.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

(In thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits.....................................
Net occupancy expense ................................................
Foreclosed asset expense ........................................
Other operating expense ...............................................
Total non-interest expenses.................................

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2013

2011

$

$

11,079
2,620
3,612
6,855
24,166

$

$

10,587
2,568
2,647
7,506
23,308

$

$

10,955
2,599
5,219
7,851
26,624

Years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Non-interest expense increased 3.68% to $24.2 million in 2013 from
$23.3 million  in  2012.   The  increase  in  non-interest  expense  was  primarily  attributed  to increases of  $965,000 or
36.46%, in foreclosed assets expense, $492,000, or 4.65%, in salaries and employee benefits expenses due to merit
increases and personnel changes, partially offset by a decrease of $651,000 in other operating expense. We recorded
a provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale of $2.1 million in 2013, compared to a provision of $866,000
in 2012.  This increase is principally the result of the write-down of the recorded value of a single unique foreclosed
asset  held  for  sale.    Other  expenses  related  to  foreclosed  assets  held  for  sale, including  insurance,  appraisals,
utilities, real estate property taxes, legal, repairs and maintenance, and associated loss on sale, declined $258,000, or

36

16.05%  in  2013. The  decline  in  other  operating  expense  in  2013  was  primarily  the  result  of a decline  in  FDIC
premiums  and  regulatory  fees  expense,  which have  primarily  resulted  from  improvements  in  our  asset  quality, as
well as a decline in professional fees resulting from our decision to discontinue filing reports with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as well as improvements in asset quality.

Years  ended  December  31,  2012  and  2011. Non-interest  expense decreased  $3.3  million,  or  12.45%  to  $23.3
million  during  2012,  compared  to  $26.6  million  in  the  prior  year.    The  decrease  in  non-interest  expense  was
attributable to a reduction in foreclosed assets expense by $2.6 million, or 49.28%, compared to 2011. We recorded
a provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale of $867,000 in 2012, compared to a provision of $3.2 million
in 2011, a reduction of $2.3 million or 72.55% in 2012.  Other expenses related to foreclosed assets held for sale,
including  insurance,  appraisals,  utilities,  real  estate  property  taxes,  legal,  repairs  and  maintenance,  and  associated
loss on sale, declined $280,000, or 13.59% in 2012.  We continue to actively  maintain,  manage and  market these
foreclosed properties with the intent to prudently facilitate their sale.

Other  factors  contributing  to  the  change  in  non-interest  expense  in  2012  included  a  decrease  in  salaries  and
employee benefits of $368,000, or 3.36%, resulting from the reduction in the number of employees and reduction in
compensation expense related to the  vesting of restricted shares.  Other operating expenses declined $345,000, or
4.39%, compared to the prior year, due to a reduction in FDIC premiums and regulatory fees.  FDIC premiums and
regulatory  fees  decreased resulted  primarily  from  improvements  in  our  asset  quality  as  well  as  a  decline  in  the
Bank’s assessment base.

Income Taxes

Years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. We recognized an income tax provision of $200,000 and $50,000
for the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and income tax benefit of $2.8 million during 2011.
The  provision  (benefit)  in  each  year  reflects  our  net  income  (loss).    Our  consolidated  effective  income  tax  rates,
before  consideration  of  the  valuation  allowance,  of 27%, 43% and 46%  for  the  three years  ended  December  31,
2013, respectively, vary from the statutory rate principally due to the effects of state income taxes and non-taxable
income and non-deductible expenses.  Due to our losses recorded over the four years ending December 31, 2011 and
information  available  relating  to  our  ability  to  recognize  the  deferred  tax  asset  in  future  near  term  periods,  we
assessed the deferred tax asset during that year and recognized a $12.6 million valuation allowance on the deferred
tax asset.  We recognized a small portion of this valuation allowance, $500,000 and $200,000, in 2013 and 2012,
respectively, as a result of our positive earnings.  As we continue to recognize profits in the future, we may be able
to recognize additional portions of this allowance in future years.

Financial Condition

Our  total  assets  at December  31,  2013  were  $609.1 million,  a  decrease  of  $47.9 million  or 7.29%  from  $657.0
million at  December  31,  2012.    Total  deposits  at December  31,  2013  were  $448.4 million,  a  decrease  of  $36.1
million  or 7.45%  from  $484.5  million  at  December  31,  2012.    Stockholders’  equity increased  $2.4  million,  or
6.06%,  to $42.2  million  at December  31,  2013 compared  to $39.8  million  at  December  31,  2012. We  held  a
common  stock  Rights  Offering  (“Offering”),  and  had  raised  net  proceeds  of  approximately  $6.3  million  with  the
December 23, 2013 initial close of the Offering, with a subsequent final closing on January 15, 2014. The purpose
of the initial close of the Offering provided funding to bring all previously accrued and unpaid dividends and interest
on our Subordinated Debentures, and avoid a default on those Subordinated Debentures at December 31, 2013. The
increase to stockholders’ equity from the Offering was partially offset by a loss in accumulated other comprehensive
income of $4.2 million, resulting from the impact of changes in market interest rates on the unrealized appreciation
(depreciation) on available-for-sale securities, net of income taxes.

Investment securities. The primary objectives of our investment portfolio are to  secure  the  safety of principal, to
provide adequate liquidity and to provide securities for use in pledging for public funds or repurchase agreements.
Income is a secondary consideration.  As a result, we generally do not invest in corporate debt, sub-prime mortgages
and other  higher  yielding investments.   As of December 31, 2013, the securities in our investment portfolio  were

37

classified  as  available-for-sale  in  order  to provide  management  the  greatest  amount  of  flexibility  in  managing  the
overall interest rate risk of the portfolio as market conditions change over time and to provide us with an additional
source of liquidity when necessary as pledging requirements permit.

Total investment securities at December 31, 2013 were $100.7 million, an increase of $22.8 million or 29.30% from
$77.8 million at December 31, 2012.  The increases to the investment portfolio during 2013 and 2012 occurred as
we  deployed  excess  liquidity  and  diversified our investment  portfolio. The  Company  sold  approximately  $5.5
million of available for sale investment securities, and realized a net-gain of $127,000 in 2013, to better position the
available-for-sale  investment  securities  portfolio  in  consideration  of  the  current  interest  rate  environment.    No
securities  were  sold  in  2012. We  had  $29.9  million  and  $91.0 million  in  available-for-sale  securities  called  or
mature during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and we invested $66.0 million and $107.2
million into purchases of available for sale securities during the respective periods.

The following table presents the composition of our available-for-sale investment portfolio by major category at the
dates indicated.

INVESTMENT SECURITIES PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

(In thousands)
U.S. government sponsored agency securities .............
State and political subdivision securities
U.S. government sponsored agency mortgage-
backed securities
U.S. small business administration loan pool
certificates
Equity and other securities ...........................................
Total ..................................................................

2013

68,313
19,764

7,183

4,810
587
100,657

$

$

At December 31,
2012

2011

$

$

63,148
14,074

–

–
623
77,845

$

61,171

–

–
619
61,790

$

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  maturities,  carrying  value,  and  average  yields  for  securities  in  our  investment
portfolio at December 31, 2013.  Yields are presented on a tax equivalent basis.  Expected maturities could differ
from contractual maturities due to unscheduled repayments.

MATURITY OF INVESTMENTS IN AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

One Year or Less

One to Five Years

Five to Ten Years

More Than Ten
Years

Total Investment
Securities

Carrying
Value

Average
Yield

Carrying
Value

Average
Yield

Carrying
Value

Average
Yield

Carrying
Value

Average
Yield

Carrying
Value

Average
Yield

(In thousands)
Available-For-Sale

U.S. government sponsored
agency securities

State and political subdivision

$

securities

U.S government sponsored
agencies mortgage-
backed securities with no
defined maturity

U.S. small business loan pool
certificates with no
defined maturity
Equity and other securities

with no defined maturity .
Total available-for-sale

$

–

–

–

–

–
–

% $

% $

–

–

–

–

–
–

% $

9,839

2.03 % $ 58,474

1.89 % $

68,313

1.59 %

386

2.22

19,378

3.52

19,764

3.33

–

–

–

–

7,183

1.92

4,810

2.27

–
% $ 10,225

–
2.04 % $ 77,852

2.30 % $

587
100,657

2.04
2.07 %

38

Loans  Held  for  Sale. Mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  at December  31,  2013  were  $1.4 million,  a  $6.2 million,  or
81.13%,  decrease  from  $7.6  million  at  December  31,  2012.    Total  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  at  December  31,
2012 increased $1.9 million, or 34.03%, compared to $5.7 million at December 31, 2011.  We have elected to carry
loans held for sale at fair value.  The decline in both the recorded balance as of December 31, 2013 as well as in the
volume of residential mortgage loans held for sale originated during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to
the  comparable  prior  year  period  were  the  result  of  fluctuations in  mortgage  interest  rates  during  2013 and  the
resultant decline  in  mortgage  refinance  volume  across  our  industry,  which negatively  impacted  our  mortgage
operations  in  2013. Our  principal  funding  source  for  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  are  our  core  deposits.    Core
deposits  are  demand  deposits,  interest-bearing  transaction  accounts,  savings  deposits  and  time  deposits  less  than
$250,000 (excluding brokered deposits).

Loans. Our loan portfolio is a key source of income, and since our inception, has been a principal component of our
revenue.  Our loan portfolio reflects an emphasis on commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity
and  residential  real  estate  lending.    We  also  offer  a  variety  of  consumer  loans  and  infrequently  engage  in  lease
financing.  We emphasize commercial lending to professionals, businesses and their owners.  Commercial loans and
loans secured by commercial real estate accounted for 63.97%, 62.24% and 64.83% of our total loans at December
31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Total loans  were $414.8 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $876,000, or 0.21% from $415.7 million at
December 31, 2012. During 2013, we were able to stabilize the previous declining trend in loans as a result of our
increased  origination  volume  due  to  our business  development  efforts  and a more  stable/improving  economic
conditions as well as a reduction in the foreclosure and transfer to foreclosed property held for sale. Approximately
$4.4 million of loans were transferred to foreclosed property during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to
$10.5 million in 2012.

The loan to deposit ratio increased to 92.51% as of December 31, 2013 compared to 85.80% at December 31, 2012
and 89.48% at December 31, 2011.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio  by  loan  type  as  of  the  dates
indicated.  The amounts in the following table are shown net of discounts and other deductions.

2013

2012

As of December 31,
2011

2010

2009

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Amount

Percent

Commercial.................. $ 120,283
145,045
Commercial real estate.
44,806
Construction.................
43,169
Home equity.................
44,771
Residential real estate...
7,836
Lease financing ............
8,885
Consumer .....................

29.00 % $
34.97
10.80
10.41
10.79
1.89
2.14

115,520
143,198
46,515
49,529
43,584
10,054
7,271

(In thousands)

27.79 % $ 130,398
154,109
34.45
48,438
11.19
59,750
11.92
37,882
10.49
2,268
2.42
5,998
1.74

29.71 % $ 144,181
169,253
35.12
64,641
11.04
64,289
13.61
36,903
8.63
5,530
0.52
7,657
1.37

29.28 % $ 142,528
167,581
34.37
113,077
13.13
66,586
13.05
45,014
7.49
11,259
1.12
8,066
1.56

25.72 %
30.24
20.41
12.02
8.12
2.03
1.46

Total loans and

leases....................

414,795

100.00 %

415,671

100.00 % 438,843

100.00 % 492,454

100.00 %

554,111

100.00 %

Less allowance for

loan losses ................

8,992
Loans, net..................... $ 405,803

9,057
406,614

$

13,189
$ 425,654

14,731
$ 477,723

20,000
$ 534,111

Collateral and Concentration. Management monitors concentrations of loans to individuals or businesses involved
in a single industry over 25% of Tier 1 Capital and concentrations in excess of 10% of total loans. At December 31,
2013, 2012 and 2011,  substantially  all  of  our  loans  were  collateralized  with  real  estate,  inventory,  accounts
receivable and/or other assets or were guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.  Loans to individuals and
businesses in the construction industry totaled $44.8 million, or 10.80%, of total loans, as of December 31, 2013. Of
the $44.8 million, approximately $29.6 million were for new single and multi-family housing construction and $15.4
million were for land subdivisions. The builder and developer loan portfolio has been a consistent component of our
loan portfolio over our history. However, new loan origination volume in this industry has slowed as a result of the

39

decline in the real estate and construction industry. The Bank’s lending limit under federal law to any one borrower
was $19.0 million at December 31, 2013.  The Bank’s largest single borrower, net of participations, at December 31,
2013 had outstanding loans of $14.0 million.

The  following  table  presents  the  aggregate  maturities  of  loans  in  each  major  category  of  our  loan  portfolio  as  of
December  31, 2013,  excluding  the  allowance  for  loan  and  valuation  losses.    Additionally,  the  table  presents  the
dollar amount of all loans due more than one year after December 31, 2013 which have predetermined interest rates
(fixed)  or  adjustable  interest  rates  (variable).    Actual  maturities  may  differ  from  the  contractual  maturities  shown
below as a result of renewals and prepayments or the timing of loan sales.

MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO
CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES

As of December 31, 2013

More than One Year

Less than
one year

One to
five years

Over five
years

Total

Fixed

Variable

(In thousands)
Commercial ..........................
Commercial Real Estate........
Construction..........................

$

$

57,501
34,680
31,389

$

47,012
81,226
13,417

$

15,770
29,139
__

120,283
145,045
44,806

$

$

31,679
82,475
1,470

31,103
27,890
11,947

Non-accrual loans included in the more than one year category for fixed rate loans were $1.6 million and for
variable rate loans were $16,000.

Non-performing Assets

Non-performing assets consist primarily of loans past due 90 days or more, non-accrual loans and foreclosed real
estate. Generally  loans  are  placed  on  non-accrual  status  at  90  days  past  due  and  interest accrued  to  date is
considered a loss, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest accrued but not collected
for the loans placed on non-accrual or charged off is reversed against interest income.  The interest on these loans is
generally accounted for on a cash basis or a cost recovery method, meaning interest is not recognized until the past
due balance has been collected.  Loans  may be returned to accrual  status  when all principal and interest amounts
contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

40

The following table sets forth our non-performing assets as of the dates indicated:

As of December 31,

2013

2012

2011

2010

2009

(In thousands)
Commercial and all other loans:

Past due 90 days or more ........................................ $
Non-accrual.............................................................

-
5,194

$

Commercial real estate loans:

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................

Construction loans:

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................

Home equity loans:

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................

Residential real estate loans:

-
-

-
660

-
232

$

-
1,131

-
1,537

-
910

-
175

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................

-
1,020

-
1,084

Lease financing:

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................

Consumer loans:

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................
Debt securities and other assets (excluding other real
estate owned and other repossessed assets):

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
2,029

-
1,340

-
3,058

-
2,676

-
2,204

-
18

-
-

$

-
2,896

$

-
1,327

-
10,088

-
10,417

-
1,211

-
5,553

-
140

-
52

-
13,267

-
11,205

-
344

-
8,404

-
335

-
6

Past due 90 days or more ........................................
Non-accrual.............................................................
Total non-performing loans ..............................
Foreclosed assets held for sale .....................................

-
-
7,106
25,801
Total non-performing assets ............................ $ 32,907

-
-
4,837
31,936
$ 36,773

-
-
11,325
29,246
40,571

-
-
30,357
20,144
$ 50,501

-
-
34,888
19,434
54,322

$

$

Total non-performing loans to total loans ....................
Total non-performing loans to total assets ...................
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans.....
Non-performing assets to loans and foreclosed assets
held for sale.............................................................

1.71 %
1.16
89.26

1.16 %
0.74
187.22

2.58 %
1.73
116.46

6.16 %
4.20
48.53

6.30 %
4.51
57.33

7.47

8.22

8.67

9.85

9.47

NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

Non-performing assets.  Non-performing assets declined to $32.9 million at December 31, 2013 from $36.8 million
at  December  31,  2012,  a  reduction  of  $3.9 million,  or  10.51%.    Non-performing  assets  at  December  31,  2012
declined $3.8 million, or 9.36% from $40.6 million at December 31, 2011.  Non-performing loans increased by $2.3
million, or 46.91% to $7.1 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $4.8 million at December 31, 2012.  Non-
performing loans as of December 31, 2012 declined $6.5 million, or 57.29% from $11.3 million at December 31,
2011. The  balance of  non-performing  loans  as  of  December  31,  2013 was  significantly  impacted  by  our
determination, near the end of January, 2014, that the credit quality of a $5.0 million commercial loan relationship
had deteriorated substantially in the previous period, which precipitated a downgrade to the loans in the relationship
to  nonaccrual  status. Prior  to  the  recognition  of  the  downgrade  to  this  commercial  loan  relationship,  we  had
experienced significant declines to non-performing loans which were attributable to loan pay-offs and pay-downs,
upgrades,  charge-offs  and  foreclosures.    Future  weakening  in  real  estate  and  general  economic  conditions  could
cause us to experience an increase in non-performing loans and foreclosed assets held for sale.  We closely monitor

41

non-performing credit relationships and our philosophy has been to value  non-performing loans at their estimated
collectible  value  and  prudently  manage  these  situations.    Foreclosed  assets  held  for  sale  were  $25.8 million  at
December 31, 2013 compared to $31.9 million as of December 31, 2012 and $29.2 million at December 31, 2011.
During  the years ending December  31,  2013  and  December  31,  2012,  we  sold $6.0 million and $5.9  million in
foreclosed  assets,  respectively,  and  transferred $4.4 million and $10.5  million in  loans  to  foreclosed  assets,
respectively.  We are actively marketing these properties and working to reduce the balance of foreclosed assets held
for sale.

As  illustrated  in  the  table  above,  during the most  recent five  years  ending December  31,  2013,  our  ratio  of  non-
performing  loans  to  total  loans has declined  from  its  highest  year-end  point  during  that  period,  6.30% as  of
December 31, 2009 to 1.71% as of December 31, 2013, primarily due to our focus on improving credit quality. As
of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, our ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was
89.26%,  compared  to  187.23%  at  December  31,  2012. We  continue to  aggressively  manage  defaults  in  the  loan
portfolio.  Management intends to continue to vigorously pursue collection of all charged-off loans.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amount  of  gross  interest  income  that  would  have  been  recorded  had  the non-
accrual  loans  in  the  Non-Performing  Asset  table  on  page 42 been  current  and  accruing  during  the  period  and  the
amount  of  interest  income  on  the  non-performing  loans  included  in  net  income  for  the  year  ended  December  31,
2013.

Year Ended
December 31, 2013

(In thousands)
Gross interest income (since date of
non-accrual) if the loans had been
current and accruing interest.................. $

Interest income reversed at time loans

placed on non-accrual............................

Cash interest received during the

period.....................................................

396

32

72

Impaired Loans. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that
we  will not receive all scheduled payments of principal  and interest due according to the contractual terms of the
loan agreement.    This  includes  loans  that  are  delinquent  90  days  or  more,  non-accrual  loans, troubled  debt
restructurings and certain other loans identified by management. For loans placed on non-accrual, accrual of interest
is discontinued and interest accrued but  not collected is reversed against interest income at the time the loans are
delinquent 90 days or when management believes that full collection of principal and interest under the original loan
contract  is  unlikely  to  occur.
Interest  on  non-accrual  loans  is  generally  accounted  for  on  a cash  basis  or cost
recovery method, meaning  interest  is  not  recognized  until  the  full  past  due  principal  and  interest  amounts
contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Impaired loans totaled $10.9 million at December 31, 2013, $20.2 million at December 31, 2012, and $31.2 million
at  December  31, 2011,  with  related  allowances  for  loan  losses  of  $3.8 million, $3.1 million,  and $6.6 million,
respectively.

Included  in  certain  loan  categories  in  the  impaired  loans  are  loans  designated  as  troubled  debt restructurings  and
classified  as impaired.    At  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had  $271,000 of  commercial  loans,  $423,000 of
commercial  real  estate  loans,  $3.0 million of  construction  loans and  $154,000  of  lease  financing  loans  that  were
modified in troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

Total interest income of $534,000, $1.0 million and $1.2 million was recognized on average impaired loans of $14.1
million, $26.4 million and $39.4 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Included in this total is cash basis
interest  income  of $72,000,  $199,000  and $270,000  recognized  on  non-accrual  impaired  loans  during 2013, 2012
and 2011, respectively.

42

Allowance For Loan Losses. The adequacy of the allowance is analyzed monthly based on internal loan reviews and
quality  measurements  of  our  loan  portfolio. The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  increased  by  provisions  charged  to
expense  and  reduced  by  loans  charged-off,  net  of  recoveries.    The  Bank  computes  its  allowance  by  assigning
specific reserves to impaired loans, and then applies general reserves, based on loss factors, to the remainder of the
loan  portfolio.    The  loss  factors are determined  based  on  such  items  as  management's  evaluation  of  risk  in  the
portfolio, current and projected local and national economic conditions, loan growth, loan trends and classifications
and historical loss experience.  Specific allowances are accrued on specific loans evaluated for impairment for which
the basis of each loan, including accrued interest, exceeds the discounted amount of expected future collections of
interest and principal or, alternatively, the fair value of the loan collateral.

The following table sets forth information regarding changes in our allowance for loan and valuation losses for the
periods indicated.

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
AND RELATED INFORMATION

(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of period.............

Loans charged-off:

Commercial loans ...........................
Commercial real estate loans ..........
Construction loans ..........................
Home equity loans ..........................
Residential real estate loans ............
Lease financing ...............................
Consumer loans ..............................
Total loans charged-off...............

Recoveries:

Commercial loans ...........................
Commercial real estate loans ..........
Construction loans ..........................
Home equity loans ..........................
Residential real estate loans ............
Lease financing ...............................
Consumer loans...............................
Total recoveries....................................
Net loans charged-off...........................
Allowance of acquired company..........
Provision for loan losses ......................

Loans outstanding: ...............................
Average.......................................
End of period ..............................

Ratio of allowance for loan losses to

loans outstanding: ...........................
Average.......................................
End of period ..............................
Ratio of net charge-offs to:...................
Average loans .............................
End of period loans .....................

Balance at end of period.......................

$

8,992

As of and for the

Year Ended December 31,
2011

2010

2012

2013

2009

$

9,057

$

13,189

$

14,731

$

20,000

$

12,368

141
672
250

523
-
18
1,604

319
27
171
30
40

2
589
1,014
-
950

2,030
2,239
882
417
540
9
-
6,117

179
20
481
58
43

4
785
5,332
-
1,200

9,057

430,008
415,617

$

$

582
1,218
2,352
725
637
-
-
5,514

282
91
60
48
157
25
9
672
4,842
-
3,300

1,364
2,985
3,662
387
660
43
7
9,108

390
171
123
17
11
14
18
744
8,364
-
3,095

4,713
374
7,716
653
1,480
109
58
15,103

259
123
592
31
72
21
2
1,100
14,003
-
21,635

$

$

13,189

$

14,731

$

20,000

465,053
438,843

$ 518,010
492,454

$ 608,080
554,111

$ 406,112
414,795

2.21 %
2.17

0.25
0.24

2.11 %
2.18

1.24
1.28

2.84 %
3.01

1.04
1.10

2.84 %
2.99

3.29 %
3.61

1.61
1.70

2.30
2.53

43

The following table shows our allocation of the allowance for loan losses by specific category at the end of each of
the  periods  shown.    Management  attempts  to  allocate  specific  portions  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  based  on
specifically identifiable problem loans.  However, the allocation of the allowance to each category is not necessarily
indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any category.

ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

2013

2012

As of December 31,
2011

2010

2009

Amount

% of Total
Allowance

Amount

% of Total
Allowance

Amount

% of Total
Allowance

Amount

% of Total
Allowance

Amount

% of Total
Allowance

(In thousands)
Commercial.................. $
Commercial real estate...
Construction .................
Home equity .................
Residential real estate.....
Lease financing .............
Consumer.....................

Total...................... $

4,556
1,870
1,426
484
618
20
18
8,992

50.66 % $
20.79
15.86
5.39
6.88
0.22
0.20

100.00 % $

2,097
3,582
1,543
634
1,138
46
17
9,057

23.15 % $
39.55
17.04
7.00
12.56
0.51
0.19

100.00 % $

2,987
3,772
2,721
1,338
2,312
30
29
13,189

22.65 % $
28.60
20.63
10.14
17.53
0.23
0.22

100.00 % $

3,339
3,974
4,579
1,262
1,488
38
51
14,731

22.67 % $
26.98
31.08
8.57
10.10
0.26
0.35

100.00 % $

3,630
7,253
5,929
1,061
1,737
238
152
20,000

18.15 %
36.27
29.65
5.31
8.69
1.19
0.76

100.00 %

Deposits. Deposits are the primary funding source for the Company. Deposits declined by $36.1 million, or 7.45%,
to $448.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $484.5 million as of December 31, 2012.
The decline  in  deposits  was primarily  caused  by  a  decline in  time deposits of $21.1 million,  or 15.59% and  a
decrease  in  demand  deposits  of  $12.7  million,  or  11.20%. The  decline  in demand deposits  was attributed  to  the
December 31, 2012 expiration of FDIC Transaction Account Guarantee (“TAG”) program.  Since 2008, the TAG
program  has  provided  unlimited  deposit  insurance  on  non-interest  bearing  transaction  accounts  for  participating
institutions.  The Bank was a TAG participant. In contemplation of the December 31, 2012 expiration of the TAG
program,  we  proactively  engaged  our  large  demand  deposit  customers  to assist  them  in determining  prudent
alternate deposit / investment products. Consequently, we were able to substantially offset the reduction in demand
deposit balances caused by the expiration of the TAG program with customer reallocation of funds into the Bank’s
Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) and Promontory Interfinancial Network Insured Cash
Sweep  (“ICS”) programs  as  well  as the  Bank’s  securities  sold  under  agreement  to  repurchase  (“repo”)  accounts,
included in other interest-bearing liabilities.  For the year ended December 31, 2013 customer placed in the CDARS
and ICS deposit programs increased by approximately $5.4 million and repo balances increased by $10.7 million.
The decline in time deposits was primarily attributable to the decline in market interest rates. As market rates have
declined, we have continued to lower our rates on time deposit accounts to match the current time deposit rates in
our market. As a result of lower time deposit rates, as time deposits have matured some accounts have not renewed;
rather, have redeemed and the funds were withdrawn.

The Bank  introduced  its  Performance  and  Ultimate  Checking  products  in  2007  and  2011,  respectively.    The
Performance and Ultimate Checking products continue to be attractive to our market as these products pay a higher
rate  of  interest  to  the  customer  as  long as  the  customer  meets  certain  signature  based  debit  card  transactional
requirements and at least one ACH or direct deposit within each statement qualification cycle.  The Bank realizes
non-interest income from the signature based debit card transactions, when netted against the cost of the rate paid to
the  customer,  results  in  a  very  attractive  cost  of  funds  for  the  Bank.    The  Performance  and  Ultimate  Checking
products have enabled us to focus more on transaction based deposits that develop stronger customer relationships
with the Bank versus time deposits that are principally rate driven.  We believe this will yield a lower cost funding
base over time and positively impact the value of our franchise.  We have traditionally offered market-competitive
rates  on  our  deposit  products  and  believe  they  provide  us  with  a  more  attractive  source  of  funds  than  other
alternative sources such as Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings, due to our ability to cross-sell additional services
to these account holders.  In addition, we continue to analyze alternative strategies to grow our deposits including
opening  additional  banking  centers  in  markets  management  considers  underserved,  offering  new  products,  and

44

obtaining brokered deposits as allowed by our Funds Management policy and as deemed prudent by  management
and our Board of Directors.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  balances  for  each  major  category  of  our  deposit  accounts  and  the  weighted-
average interest rates paid for interest-bearing deposits for the periods indicated:

DEPOSITS

2013

Year Ended December 31,
2012

2011

Percent Weighted
Average
Rate

of
Deposits

Balance

Percent Weighted
Average
Rate

of
Deposits

Balance

Percent Weighted
Average
Rate

Of
Deposits

Balance

(In thousands)
Demand..............................$ 100,965
Savings ..............................
17,229
Interest-bearing demand .... 126,802
89,304
Money Market ...................
Time Deposits.................... 114,068
Total deposits ...........$ 448,368

22.52 %
3.84
28.28
19.92
25.44
100.00 %

0.10
0.26
0.28
1.36

–– % $ 113,698
16,243
127,597
91,792
135,136
$ 484,466

23.47 %
3.35
26.34
18.95
27.89
100.00 %

0.11
0.55
0.34
1.59

–– % $ 100,842
13,814
133,702
75,468
166,587
$ 490,413

20.56 %
2.82
27.26
15.39
33.97
100.00 %

–– %

0.19
1.21
0.46
1.99

The following table sets forth the amount of our time deposits that are $100,000 and greater by time remaining until
maturity as of December 31, 2013:

AMOUNTS AND MATURITIES OF
TIME DEPOSITS OF $100,000 OR MORE

(In thousands)
Three months or less ......................................................................................................... $
Over three months through six months .............................................................................
Over six months through twelve months ..........................................................................
Over twelve months..........................................................................................................

Total ........................................................................................................................ $

As of December 31, 2013

Amount

15,659
5,462
16,062
27,578
64,761

Weighted
Average
Rate

0.25 %
0.84
1.01
2.26
1.34 %

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity.  Liquidity is measured by a financial institution’s ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowed funds,
capital,  or  the  sale  of  marketable  assets,  such  as residential  mortgage  loans  or  a  portfolio  of  SBA  loans.    Other
sources of liquidity, including cash flow from the repayment of loans, are also considered in determining whether
liquidity is satisfactory.  Liquidity is also achieved through growth of core deposits, liquid assets and accessibility to
the  money  and  capital  markets.    The  funds  are  used  to  meet  deposit  withdrawals,  maintain  reserve  requirements,
fund  loans  and  operate  the  organization.    Core  deposits,  defined  as  demand  deposits,  interest-bearing transaction
accounts, savings deposits and time deposits less than $250,000 (excluding brokered deposits), were 90.17% of our
total deposits at December 31, 2013 and 91.57% of total deposits at December 31, 2012.

The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Certificate  of  Deposit  Account  Registry  Service  (“CDARS”)  and  Promontory
Interfinancial  Network  Insured  Cash  Sweep  (“ICS”)  service  which  effectively  provides  depositors  with  Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance on amounts in excess of FDIC insurance standard coverage limits,

45

which  is  currently  $250,000  per  insured  capacity,  on  certificates  of  deposit  through  CDARS,  and  demand  and
money market deposit accounts through ICS.  CDARS and ICS allow the Bank to break large deposits into smaller
amounts and place them in a network of other CDARS and ICS banks to reach full FDIC insurance coverage on the
entire  deposit  account  balance.    Although  classified  as  brokered  deposits  for  regulatory  purposes,  funds  placed
through the CDARS and ICS programs are Bank customer relationships that management views as core deposits.  If
CDARS deposits under $250,000 placed in the CDARS program are added back, our core deposit ratio would have
been 94.17% at December 31, 2013 and 95.10% at December 31, 2012.  Generally, our funding strategy is to fund
loan  growth  with  core  deposits  and  utilize  alternative  sources  of  funds  such  as  advances/borrowings  from  the
FHLBank  of  Topeka  (“FHLB”),  as  well  as  the  brokered  CD  market  to  provide  for  additional  liquidity  needs,  as
necessary, and take advantage of opportunities for lower costs.

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan
Banks  governed and regulated by the Federal Housing Finance Board.  The Federal Home  Loan Banks provide a
central credit facility for member institutions.  The Bank, as a member of the FHLBank of Topeka, is required to
acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBank of Topeka in an amount of 0.2% of our total assets as of
December  31  of  the  preceding  calendar  year  to  meet  the  asset  based  stock  requirement  and  5.00%  of  our  total
outstanding FHLB advances to meet the activity-based stock requirement.  The Bank is currently in compliance with
this requirement, with a $4.3 million investment in stock of the FHLBank of Topeka as of December 31, 2013.  The
Bank  had $62.5 million and  $82.5  million in  outstanding  long-term  advances  from  the  FHLBank of  Topeka  at
December 31, 2013 and 2012.
If needed, FHLB borrowings are also used to fund originations of mortgage loans
held  for  sale. Advance  availability  with  the  FHLB fluctuates  depending  on  levels  of  available  collateral  and is
determined daily  with  regards  to  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  and quarterly with  regards  to  overall  availability.
Advances  are  made  subject  to  the  discretion  of  the  FHLBank  of  Topeka. At December  31, 2013, approximately
$23.3 million was available but unused as the Bank was operating with cash and cash equivalents of approximately
$40.5 million.

We use other forms of short-term debt for cash management and liquidity management purposes on a limited basis.
These forms of borrowings include federal funds purchased and revolving lines of credit.  The Bank has a line of
credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.  The availability on the line of credit fluctuates depending on
the level of available collateral, which includes commercial and commercial real estate loans.  Availability on the
line of credit at December 31, 2013 was $37.2 million. Advances are made subject to the discretion of the Federal
Reserve Bank of Kansas City.

We  also  use  the  brokered  deposit  market  as  a  source  of  liquidity.    Although  classified  as  brokered  deposits  for
regulatory  purposes,  funds  placed  through  the  CDARS  and  ICS  programs  are  Bank  customer  relationships  that
management  views  as  core  deposits. As  of  December  31, 2013,  the  Bank  had  approximately $32.6 million  in
brokered deposits of which $22.5 million were customer funds placed in the CDARS and/or ICS Demand programs,
compared to $27.2 million in brokered deposits of which $17.1 million were customer funds placed in the CDARS
program at December 31, 2012. The increase in brokered deposits during 2013 was primarily the result of the new
ICS  Demand  accounts  of  $4.5  million.    As  discussed  previously,  the  December  31,  2012  expiration  of  the  TAG
program caused a reduction in demand deposit balances, which precipitated customer reallocation of funds placed
into the CDARS and/or ICS Demand programs.

As a result of the Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) entered into effective January 11, 2013 with the Federal
Reserve Bank and the Office of the State Banking Commissioner of Kansas, approval is currently required prior to
the payment of any dividends. The Company relies on dividends from the Bank to assist in making debt service and
dividend payments. Under the governing documents of our Subordinated Debentures issued by BVBC Capital Trust
II  and  III,  the  quarterly  payments  since  April  24,  2009  for  BVBC  Capital  Trust  II  and  since  March  31,  2009  for
BVBC Capital Trust III had been deferred through December 30, 2013. We had received regulatory approval and
utilized the  proceeds  from  the  December  23,  2013  initial  close  of  our  Offering to  bring current all  previously
accrued and unpaid dividends and interest on our Subordinated Debentures issued by BVBC Capital Trust II and III
prior to December 31, 2013. Subsequent to December 31, 2013, we received approval for the Bank to pay dividends
to  the  Company  to  pay  amounts  needed  to  pay  quarterly  dividends  due  in March and April,  2014  for our
Subordinated Debentures.

46

In  addition,  at  the  request  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City,  we  have  deferred  the  quarterly  dividend
payment on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock since May 15, 2009.  The Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred
Stock carries a 5% per year cumulative preferred dividend rate, payable quarterly.  The dividend rate increases to
9% beginning with the May 15, 2014 quarterly payment, which will cause our quarterly dividend to increase from
$271,875  to $493,375.    Dividends  compound  if  they  accrue  and  are  not  paid.    Failure  by  us  to  pay  the  preferred
share dividend is not an event of default and we have accrued for all deferred dividends and compounded interest
through December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had accrued $5.8 million and
$4.5 million, respectively, for dividends and interest on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock.

The following table sets forth a summary of our short-term debt during and as of the end of each period indicated.

SHORT-TERM DEBT

Amount
outstanding
at
period end

Average
amount
outstanding
during the
period (1)

Maximum
Outstanding
At any
Month end

Weighted
average
interest rate
during the
period

Weighted
Average
interest rate
at period
end

(In thousands)
At or for the year ended December 31, 2013:

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings .....................$
Federal Funds purchased........................................
Federal Reserve Bank line of credit .......................
Repurchase agreements and other interest

bearing liabilities ................................................

Total................................................................. $

At or for the year ended December 31, 2012:

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings ................... $
Federal Funds purchased........................................
Federal Reserve Bank line of credit .......................
Repurchase agreements and other interest

bearing liabilities ................................................

Total................................................................. $

At or for the year ended December 31, 2011:

Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings ................... $
Federal Funds purchased........................................
Federal Reserve Bank line of credit .......................
Repurchase agreements and other interest bearing
liabilities.............................................................

Total................................................................. $

–
–
–

32,335
32,335

–
–
–

21,668
21,668

–
–
–

15,372
15,372

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

3
3
–

34,021
34,027

3
3
–

18,669
18,675

2
2
–

17,041
17,045

–
–
–

40,944

–
–
–

22,071

–
–
–

20,111

(1) Calculations are based on daily averages where available and monthly averages otherwise.

0.19 %
0.56
–

0.08
0.08

0.23 %
1.05
–

0.23
0.23

0.24 %
1.14
–

0.24
0.24

– %
–
–

0.08
0.08

– %
–
–

0.23
0.23

– %
–
–

0.24
0.24

Capital Resources. At December 31, 2013, our total stockholders’ equity was $42.2 million, and our equity to asset
ratio was 6.93%. At December 31, 2012, our total stockholders’ equity was $39.8 million, and our equity to asset
ratio was 6.06%.

For  regulatory  capital  measurement  purposes,  our  risk-based  capital  has  three  primary  components.    The  first  is
common equity of our common stockholders, the second is composed of the balance our Subordinated Debentures
issued by BVBC Capital Trust II and III and the third is preferred equity of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred
Stock. The Federal Reserve Board’s risk-based guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio, relating capital to different
categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures, such as loan commitments and standby letters of credit.  These
guidelines  place  a  strong  emphasis  on  tangible  stockholder’s  equity  as  the  core  element  of  the  capital  base,  with
appropriate recognition of other components of capital.  At December 31, 2013, our Tier 1 capital ratio was 10.07%,
while our total risk-based capital ratio was 13.90%, both of which exceed the capital minimums established in the
risk-based capital requirements.

47

Our risk-based capital ratios at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are presented below.

RISK-BASED CAPITAL

2013

December 31,
2012

2011

$

$

$

(In thousands)
Tier 1 capital
Stockholders’ equity ........................................
Intangible assets...............................................
Unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on

available-for-sale securities and derivative
instruments....................................................
Disallowed deferred tax asset...........................
Trust preferred securities (1)............................

Total Tier 1 capital

Tier 2 capital
Qualifying allowance for loan losses ...............
Trust preferred securities (1)............................
Qualifying unrealized gains on available-for-

sale equity securities ....................................
Total Tier 2 capital....................................
Total risk-based capital .............................

Risk weighted assets .........................................

Ratios at end of period
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio ........
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

ratio...............................................................

Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio

(leverage ratio)..............................................

Minimum guidelines
Total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio ........
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets

ratio...............................................................

Tier 1 capital to average assets ratio

(leverage ratio) ..............................................

42,228 $
(36)

39,815 $
(179)

4,131
–
15,453
61,776

6,479
3,547

(43)
–
13,257
52,850

6,898
5,743

–
10,026
71,802 $

9
12,590
65,440 $

40,455
(321)

(123)
–
13,444
53,455

6,897
5,556

9
12,462
65,917

516,506 $

544,847

545,494

13.90 %

11.96 %

10.07 %

8.00 %

4.00 %

4.00 %

12.01 %

12.08 %

9.70 %

8.10 %

8.00 %

4.00 %

4.00 %

9.80 %

8.04 %

8.00 %

4.00 %

4.00 %

(1) Federal  Reserve  guidelines  for  calculation  of  Tier  1  capital  limits  the  amount  of  cumulative  trust
preferred securities which can be included in Tier 1 capital to 25% of total Tier 1 capital (Tier 1 capital
before  reduction  of  intangibles). Only  $15.4 million,  $13.3  million  and  $13.4  million of the trust
preferred  securities  balance  of  $19.0  million  has  been  included  in  Tier  1 capital  as  of  December  31,
2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

On December 5, 2008, we issued and sold to the United States Department of Treasury 21,750 shares of Fixed Rate
Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  along  with  a  ten  year  warrant  to  purchase  111,083  shares  of  our  common
stock  for  $29.37  per  share,  for  a  total  cash  price  of  $21.75  million.    The  Transaction  occurred  pursuant  to  the
Treasury’s CPP  which  was designed to attract broad participation by  institutions, to  stabilize the financial  system
and  to  increase  lending  for  the  benefit  of  the  U.S.  economy.    Participation  in  the  CPP  subjected  us  to  certain
restrictions,  including  limits  on  our  ability  to  pay  dividends  and  repurchase  our  capital  stock,  limitations  on
executive compensation, and  increased oversight by the Treasury, regulators and Congress. On October 21, 2013,
the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock was auctioned by the Treasury for $21.26 million.  As a result, the Fixed
Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  is  now  held  by  third  party  investors  unaffiliated  with  the  U.S.  government  and
except for certain certification and disclosure requirements we are no longer subject to the rules and regulations that
were  established  with  the  CPP.    The  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  carries  a  5%  per  year  cumulative

48

preferred  dividend  rate,  payable  quarterly. The  dividend  rate  increases  to  9%  beginning  with  the  May  15,  2014
quarterly  payment,  which  will  cause  our  quarterly  dividend  to  increase  from  $271,875  to  $493,375.    Dividends
compound  if  they  accrue  and  are  not  paid.    During  the  time  that  the  Fixed  Rate Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  is
outstanding, a number of restrictions apply to us, including, among others:

•

•

•

The  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  has  a  senior  rank.    The  Company  is  not  free  to  issue  other
preferred stock that is senior to the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock.
If the Company were to pay a cash dividend in the future, any such dividend would have to be discontinued
if  a  dividend  were  missed  on  the  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock.    Thereafter,  dividends  on
common  stock  could  be  resumed  only  if  all  preferred  share  dividends  in  arrears  were  paid.    Similar
restrictions  apply  to  the  Company’s  ability  to  repurchase  common  stock  if  dividends  on  the  Fixed  Rate
Cumulative Preferred Stock are missed.
Failure to pay dividends on the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock is not an event of default.

The Warrant is exercisable immediately and expires in ten years, or December 5, 2018, from its original issue.  The
Warrant  has  anti-dilution  protections  and  certain  other  protections  for the  holder,  as  well  as  potential  registration
rights  upon  written  request  from  the  Treasury.    If  requested  by  the  Treasury,  the  Warrant  (and  the  underlying
common stock) may need to be listed on a national securities exchange.  The Treasury has agreed not to exercise
voting rights with respect to common shares it may acquire upon exercise of the Warrant.

Capital ratios increased in 2013, compared to 2012, as a result of the Company’s 2013 rights offering to holders of
record  of  its  common  stock  as  of  the  close  of  business  on October 29,  2013.   The  Company  received  gross  cash
proceeds of approximately $6.7 million in the December 23, 2013 first closing of the Offering, and approximately
$1.3 million in the January 15, 2014 final closing of the rights offering, with a total of approximately 1.6  million
shares of  common  stock  being  issued.    Approximately  $2.9  million  of  the net proceeds of  the  initial  close  of  the
rights offering were used to pay current the deferred interest on our Subordinated Debentures, with the remaining
proceeds retained by us for future general corporate purposes.

Contractual Obligations

Our known contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2013 are presented below.

Total

Amortization

Less than
1 year

1 – 3 years

3 – 5 years

More than
5 years

Payments due by Period

114,068 $
82,088

– $
–

65,399 $
7,500

38,864 $
15,000

8,835 $
40,000

970
19,588

(4,201)
181,955 $

(4,201)
(4,201) $

–
72,899 $

–
53,864 $

–
48,835 $

–
20,558

(In thousands)
Time deposit obligations ........... $
Long-term debt obligations .......
Less:  Deferred prepayment
penalty on modification of
Federal Home Loan Bank
advances ....................................
Total obligations........................ $

Inflation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  data  presented  in  this  report  have  been  prepared  in  accordance
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of  America,  which require the  measurement of
financial  position  and  operating  results  in  terms  of  historical  dollars  without  considering  changes  in  the  relative
purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  Unlike most industrial companies, substantially all of our
assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.    As  a  result,  interest  rates  have  a  more  significant  impact  on  our

49

performance  than  the  effects  of  general  levels  of  inflation.    Interest  rates  do  not  necessarily  move  in  the  same
direction  or  in  the  same  magnitude  as inflation. Additional  discussion  of  the  impact of  interest  rate  changes  is
included  in  Item  7A:  Qualitative  and  Quantitative  Disclosure  About  Market  Risk.
In  addition,  we  disclose  the
estimated fair value of our financial instruments in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included in this
report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company enters into off-balance sheet arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Our off-balance sheet
arrangements  generally  are  limited  to commitments  to  extend  credit, mortgage  loans  in  the  process  of origination
and forward commitments to sell those mortgage loans, letters of credit and lines of credit.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established  in  the contract.    Commitments generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses and
may require payment of a fee. Since a portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    Each  customer’s  creditworthiness  is
evaluated  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  amount  of  collateral  obtained,  if  deemed  necessary,  is  based  on
management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  counterparty.    Collateral  held  varies,  but  may  include  accounts  receivable,
inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. At December 31, 2013,
the  Company  had  outstanding  commitments  to  originate  loans  aggregating  approximately $6.4 million. The
commitments extend over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed within a one-year period.

Mortgage  loans  in  the  process  of  origination  represent  amounts  that  the  Company  plans  to  fund  within  a  normal
period of 60 to 90 days and which are intended for sale to investors in the secondary market. Total mortgage loans
in  the  process  of  origination  amounted  to $216,000 at  December  31,  2013. Mortgage  loans  in  the  process  of
origination represent commitments to originate loans at both fixed and variable rates. Mortgage loans held for sale
amounted to $1.4 million at December 31, 2013.

Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans are obligations to sell loans at a specified price on or before a specified
future date. These commitments are acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination
and  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale since  the  Company  is  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  during  the  period  between
issuing a loan commitment and the sale of the loan into the secondary market. Related forward commitments to sell
mortgage loans were approximately $1.4 million at December 31, 2013.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to
a  third  party. Financial  standby  letters  of  credit  are  primarily issued  to  support  public  and  private  borrowing
arrangements,  including  commercial  paper,  bond  financing  and  similar  transactions.    The  credit  risk  involved  in
issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Company had
total outstanding letters of credit amounting to $995,000 at December 31, 2013, with terms ranging from one year to
three years.

Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract.  Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates.  Since a portion of the line may expire without
being  drawn  upon,  the  total  unused  lines  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    Each  customer’s
creditworthiness is evaluated  on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is
based  on  management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  counterparty.  Collateral  held  varies,  but  may  include  accounts
receivable,  inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  commercial  real  estate  and  residential  real  estate.
Management uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At
December 31, 2013, the Company has unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $165.2 million
for commercial, commercial real estate, and construction lines and $31.9 for open-end consumer lines of credit.

Regulatory Matters

The Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank entered into a  written agreement  with the  Federal Reserve
Bank of Kansas City as of November 4, 2009.  This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by

50

the regulators in May 2009, and related primarily to the Bank’s asset quality.  Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company  and  the  Bank  agreed,  among  other  things,  to  submit  an  enhanced  written  plan  to  strengthen  credit  risk
management  practices  and  improve  the  Bank’s  position  on  past  due  loans,  classified  loans,  and  other  real  estate
owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate allowance for
loan loss; maintain sufficient capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall
condition.  The Company and Bank also agreed not to increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares
of  stock  or  declare  or  pay  any  dividends  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.    The
Company and the Bank substantially complied with all terms of the written agreement.

As a result of a  November 12, 2012 regulatory examination,  which  noted the improved financial condition of the
Company and the Bank, satisfactory risk management processes, and senior management oversight, as well as full
compliance  with  all  actionable  provisions  of  the  Written  Agreement,  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City
terminated  the  November  4,  2009  Written  Agreement  and,  effective  January  11,  2013,  replaced  it  with  a
Memorandum of Understanding. The MOU’s purpose is to maintain the financial soundness of the Company and
the Bank, and provides among other things, the Company and the Bank will continue to work on improvement of
asset quality, maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses, maintain adequate capital, improve earnings, and not
declare  or  pay  any  dividends  or  increase  or  guarantee  any  debt  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Federal
Reserve Bank and the OSBC.

51

Item 7A:

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure About Market Risk

As a continuing part of our  financial strategy,  we attempt to  manage the impact of  fluctuations in  market interest
rates on our net interest income.  This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest rate risk, credit
risk,  liquidity  risk  and  maintenance  of  yield.    Our  funds  management  policy and  interest  rate  risk  policy  are
established  by  our  Bank  Board  of  Directors  and  monitored  by  our  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee.    Our
funds  management  policy  sets  standards within  which  we  are  expected  to  operate.    These  standards  include
guidelines for liquidity, loan limits as a percentage of funding sources, exposure to correspondent banks and brokers,
and reliance on non-core deposits.  Our funds management policy also establishes the reporting requirements to our
Bank Board of Directors. Our interest rate risk policy includes guidelines for exposure and monitoring interest rate
risk  fluctuations  and  establishes  reporting  requirements  to  the  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors. Our  investment  policy
complements  our  funds  management  policy  by  establishing  criteria  by  which  we  may  purchase  securities.    These
criteria  include  approved  types  of  securities,  brokerage  sources,  terms  of  investment,  quality  standards,  and
diversification. Our liquidity contingency funding plan is established by our Bank Board of Directors and monitored
by  our  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee.    Our  liquidity  contingency  funding  plan  sets  guidelines  for  the
Company to monitor and control its liquidity position as well as ensure appropriate contingency liquidity plans are
actively in place and consistent with the current and forecasted needs of the Company.

We  use  an  asset/liability  modeling system to  analyze  the  Company's  current  sensitivity  to  instantaneous  and
permanent changes in interest rates.  The system simulates the Company's asset and liability base and projects future
net interest income results under several interest rate assumptions.  This allows management to view how changes in
interest rates will affect the spread between the yield received on assets and the cost of deposits and borrowed funds.

The  asset/liability  modeling system is  also  used  to  analyze  the  net  economic  value  of  equity  at  risk  under
instantaneous shifts in interest rates.  The "net economic value of equity at risk" is defined as the market value of
assets  less  the  market  value  of  liabilities  plus/minus  the  market  value  of  any  off-balance  sheet  positions.    By
effectively looking at the present value of all future cash flows on or off the balance sheet, the net economic value of
equity modeling takes a longer-term view of interest rate risk.

We strive to maintain a position such that current changes in interest rates will not affect net interest income or the
economic  value  of  equity  by  more  than  5%,  per  50  basis  points.    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  estimated
percentage change in the Bank's net interest income over the next twelve month period and net economic value of
equity at risk at December 31, 2013 based on the indicated instantaneous and permanent changes in interest rates.

Changes in Interest Rates

400 basis point rise
300 basis point rise
200 basis point rise
100 basis point rise
Base Rate Scenario
100 basis point decline

Net Interest
Income

Net Economic
Value of

(next 12 months) Equity at Risk

14.95%
9.86%
4.31%
1.42%
-
(1.89)%

(16.88)%
(13.22)%
(9.73)%
(5.30)%
-
3.81%

The above table indicates that, at December 31, 2013, in the event of a sudden and sustained increase in prevailing
market rates, our net interest income would be expected to increase. This is a result of the Bank’s asset sensitive
position and loans repricing at a higher rate in a rising rate environment. Another consideration in a rising interest
rate  scenario  is  the  impact  of  mortgage  financing,  which could decline,  leading  to  lower  loans  held  for  sale  fee
income, though the impact is difficult to quantify or project.
In the decreasing rate scenarios, the adjustable rate
assets  (loans)  reprice  to  lower  rates  faster  than  our  liabilities,  but  our  liabilities – long-term  FHLB  advances  and
existing  time  deposits – would  not  decrease  in  rate  as  much  as  market  rates.    In  addition,  fixed  rate  loans  might
experience  an  increase  in  prepayments,  further  decreasing  yields  on  earning  assets  and  causing  net  income  to

52

decrease. The Bank has placed floors on its loans over the last several years which has and would limit the decline
in yield earned on the loan portfolio in a declining rate environment.

The above table also indicates that, at December 31, 2013, in the event of a sudden increase in prevailing  market
rates, the economic value of our equity would decline.  Under a rising rate environment, our estimated market value
of assets could decrease due to fixed rate loans and investments with rates lower than market rates.  These assets are
likely to remain until maturity in this rate environment.  Given our current asset/liability position, a 100 basis point
decline in interest rates will result in a slight increase.  This increase in the economic value of our equity is projected
due  to  our  increase  in  fixed  rate  assets.    As  the  demand  and  volume  of  loans  has  declined,  we  have  increased
investments in fixed rate securities.  In addition, our estimated market value of loans could increase in a falling rate
environment  as  a  result  of  fixed  rate  loans,  net  of  possible  prepayments.    However,  the  estimated  market  value
increase  in  fixed  rate  loans  is  offset  by  time  deposits  unable  to  reprice  to  lower  rates  immediately  and  fixed-rate
callable FHLB advances. The likelihood of advances being called in a decreasing rate environment is diminished
resulting in the advances existing until final maturity, which has the effect of lowering the economic value of equity.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  anticipated  maturities  or  repricing  of  our  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-
bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2013, based on the information and assumptions set forth below.

INTEREST-RATE SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS

Total interest-earning assets... $

223,627

$

30,271

Interest-Earning Assets:
Fixed Rate Loans .......................... $
Average Interest Rate................
Variable Rate Loans ......................
Average Interest Rate................
Fixed Rate Investments .................
Average Interest Rate................
Variable Rate Investments.............
Average Interest Rate................

Interest Bearing Deposits

Average Interest Rate................
Federal Funds Sold........................
Average Interest Rate................

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:
Interest-bearing demand ................ $
Average Interest Rate................
Savings and money market............
Average Interest Rate................
Time deposits ................................
Average Interest Rate................
Funds borrowed ............................
Average Interest Rate................

Total interest-bearing
liabilities ................................ $

Cumulative:

Rate sensitive assets (RSA)....... $
Rate sensitive liabilities (RSL)
GAP (GAP = RSA – RSL)
RSA/RSL ......................................
RSA/Total assets ...........................
RSL/Total assets ...........................
GAP/Total assets...........................
GAP/RSA .....................................

0-90 Days

91-365 Days

Expected Maturity or Repricing Date
(In thousands)
1 to 2 years

2 to 5 years

1 year

Thereafter

Total

16,465

$

19,078

$

35,543

$

36,049

$

83,114

$

32,866

$

187,572

7.17 %

192,504

5.52 %

11,193

14.61 %
-
- %

587
2.34 %

14,071

0.24 %
-
- %

3.62 %
-
- %
-
- %
-
- %
-
- %

126,514

$

0.36 %

106,821

0.25 %

25,015

0.35 %

88,072

0.73 %

-
- %
-
- %

40,384

0.93 %

7,296

1.57 %

6.29 %

203,697

4.55 %

%

587
2.34 %

14,071

0.24 %
-
- %

253,898

126,514

0.36 %

106,821

0.25 %

65,399

0.71 %

95,368

0.80 %

$

$

$

$

5.13 %

4,869

5.12 %

4.81 %

17,899

4.97 %

%

-
- %
-
- %
-
- %

%

-
- %
-
- %
-
- %

$

$

40,918

$

101,013

$

-
- %
-
- %

27,428

1.76 %

14,854

1.86 %

-
- %
-
- %

20,271

2.13 %
-
- %

5.07 %

2,196

4.28 %

100,070

2.37 %
-
- %
-
- %
-
- %

5.20 %

228,661

4.60 %

100,070

2.37 %
587
2.34 %

14,071

0.24 %
-
- %

135,132

$

530,961

-
- %
-
- %

970
1.64 %
-
- %

$

126,514

0.36 %

106,821

0.25 %

114,068

1.22 %

110,222

0.94 %

346,422

$

47,680

$

394,102

$

42,282

$

20,271

$

970

$

457,625

223,627
346,422
(122,796)

$

30,271
47,680
(17,408)

$

253,898
394,102
(140,204)

$

294,816
436,384
(141,368)

$

395,829
456,655
(60,826)

$

64,55 %
36.75
56.94
(20.18)
(54.91)

63.49 %
4.98
7.84
(2.86)
(57.51)

64.42 %
41.77
64.77
(23.04)
(55.22)

67.56 %
48.49
71.72
(23.23)
(47.92)

86.68 %
65.09
75.05
(9.96)
(15.31)

530,961
457,625
73,336
116.03 %
87.26
75.21
12.05
13.81

$

530,961
457,625
73,336

Certain assumptions contained in the above table may affect the presentation.  Although certain assets and liabilities
may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest
rates.    The  interest  rates  on  certain  types  of  assets  and  liabilities  may  fluctuate  in  advance  of  changes  in  market
interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities lag behind changes in market interest rates.

Disclosures about fair values of financial instruments, which reflect changes in market prices and rates, can be found
in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report.

53

Item 8:

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See index to Blue Valley Ban Corp. financial statements on page F-1.

Item 9:

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
Accounting and Financial Disclosure

No items are reportable.

54

Item 9A:

Controls and Procedures

Management,  including  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and Chief  Financial  Officer,  conducted  an
evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as
of December 31, 2013.  Based upon the evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls
and  procedures  are  effective  to  ensure  that  all  material  information requiring  disclosure  in  this  annual  report  was
made known to them in a timely manner.

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for
the Company. During the fourth fiscal quarter, the Company made no significant changes in internal controls over
financial  reporting  or  in  other  factors  that  could  materially  affect or  be  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting:

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as
such  term  is  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f).    Under  the  supervision  and  with  the
participation  of  management,  including  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.    Based  on  our  evaluation  under  the  framework  in  Internal  Control – Integrated  Framework,  our
management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

This  annual  report  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm
regarding  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Management’s  report  was  not  subject  to  attestation by  the
Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  pursuant  to  rules  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  that
permit the Company to provide only management’s report to this annual report.

Item 9B:

Other Information

No items are reportable.

55

Item 10:

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Part III

Information regarding the Bank’s directors and executive officers is included in Part I of this Form 10-K under the
caption “Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.”

The Company has adopted a code of conduct that applies to our principal executive, financial, and accounting
officers. A copy of our code of conduct can be obtained free of charge by contacting us directly at:

Investor Relations
11935 Riley
Overland Park, KS  66213
913.338.1000
Email: ir@bankbv.com

We intend to disclose any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of our code of conduct that applies to our
chief executive officer, chief financial officer, or chief accounting officer by posting such information to our website
located at www.BankBV.com.

Item 11:

Executive Compensation

Participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 was signed into law on October 3, 2008.  This legislation was
principally  designed  to  allow  the  Treasury  and  other  government  agencies  to  take  action  to  restore  liquidity  and
stability to the U.S. financial system.  This legislation  authorized the Treasury, through the Troubled Asset Relief
Program, to purchase from financial institutions and their holding companies up to $700 billion in mortgage loans
and  certain  other  financial  assets,  including  debt  and  equity  securities  issued  by  financial  institutions  and  their
holding companies.  The Treasury allocated $250 billion to the TARP CPP. Our Board of Directors approved the
Company’s participation in the program and the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard
Terms  on  December  5,  2008.    Pursuant  to  the  agreement,  the Company  issued  and  sold  to  the  Treasury  21,750
shares  of  Fixed  Rate  Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock,  along  with  a  ten  year  warrant  to  purchase  111,083
shares of the Company’s common stock, for a total cash price of $21.75 million.  On October 21, 2013, the Fixed
Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  was  auctioned  by  the  Treasury  for  $21.26  million.    As  a  result,  the  Fixed  Rate
Cumulative  Preferred  Stock  is  now  held  by  third  party  investors  unaffiliated  with  the  U.S.  government.    In
connection with participation in the CPP, the Company is required under The American Recovery and Reinvestment
Act of 2009, enacted on February 17, 2009, to fulfill its final corporate governance obligations with respect to the
portion of the current fiscal year in which Treasury held the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock.

These  additional  obligations  include:  (i)  semi-annual  meetings  of  the  Compensation  Committee  of our Board  of
Directors  (comprised  entirely  of  independent  directors)  to  discuss  and  evaluate  employee  compensation  plans  in
light of an assessment of any risk posed from such compensation plans; and (ii) written certifications by the chief
executive officer and chief financial officer with respect to compliance with the compensation requirements of the
American Recover and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (the “ARRA”).  The ARRA amended EESA to require a financial
institution’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer to annually certify that the financial institution is in
compliance with the compensation requirements of the ARRA during the period in which Treasury held the Fixed
Rate  Cumulative  Preferred  Stock.    The  Compensation  Committee  has  complied  in  all  material  respects  with  the
EESA, the ARRA and all applicable rules and regulations, as the same are promulgated or amended from time to
time with respect to the period in which Treasury held the Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock.

The Summary Compensation Table below provides summary information concerning compensation that was paid or
accrued for fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 to or on behalf of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, and the other executive officers whose salary and bonus for 2013 exceeded $100,000.  Executive

56

officers  do  not  have  employment  contracts  assuring  continued  employment,  but  do  have  oral  agreements  for  “at
will” employment as discussed below.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name and Principal Positions

Year

Salary

Bonus (1)

Stock Awards

(2)

All Other

Comp (3)

Total

Robert D. Regnier ...........................................

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the

Board of Directors of the Company; President, Chief

Executive Officer and Director of the Bank

Mark A. Fortino.............................................

Chief Financial Officer of the Company; Executive Vice

President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank

Bruce A. Easterly............................................

Executive Vice President – Chief Lending Officer of

the Bank

Bonnie M. McConnaughy...............................

Senior Vice President – Deposit Operations and e-

Business Solutions of the Bank

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

(1)

Discretionary Bonus plus Service Awards.

292,700 $

20,489

272,700 $

-

$

$

50,000 $

37,953 $

15,674 $

12,254 $

378,863

322,907

187,500 $

177,500 $

43,125 $

10,872 $

- $

8,500 $

9,504 $

8,052 $

240,129

204,924

182,500 $

172,500 $

42,775 $

10,566 $

- $

8,500 $

9,409 $

8,240 $

234,684

199,806

127,500 $

18,925 $

117,500 $

7,197 $

- $

8,500 $

6,090 $

5,405 $

152,515

138,602

(2)

In  December  2013,  the Company’s Board of  Directors approved restricted stock  awards  for  2013
performance  with  a grant  date  of  December  18,  2013.    Mr.  Regnier  was  awarded 10,000 shares  of  stock,
which  vested immediately,  subject  to  restrictions  on  transferability  imposed  by  ARRA  as  a  result  of  the
Company’s participation in the CPP.  Management’s estimate of the fair value of our common stock at grant
date, December 19, 2012, was $5.00 per share based upon the analysis completed for the most recent rights
offering  on  December  6,  2013. In  December  2012,  the Company’s Board of Directors approved  restricted
stock awards for 2012 performance with a grant date of December 19, 2012.  Mr. Regnier was awarded 8,930
shares of stock, which vested on October 21, 2013, subject to restriction on transferability imposed by ARRA
as  a  result of  the  Company’s  participation  in  the CPP.    Mr.  Fortino,  Mr.  Easterly,  and  Ms.  McConnaughy
were each awarded 2,000 shares of restricted stock which vested immediately.  Management’s estimate of the
fair value of our common stock at  grant date, December 19, 2012  was $4.25 per share based upon the last
trade  which  occurred  on  December  19,  2012.
In  December  2011,  the Company’s Board of  Directors
approved restricted stock awards for 2011 performance with a grant date of December 21, 2011.  Mr. Regnier
was  awarded  8,000  shares  of  stock,  which  vested  on  October  21,  2013,  subject  to  restrictions  on
transferability  imposed  by  ARRA  as  a  result  of  the  Company’s  participation  in  the  CPP.   Mr. Fortino,  Mr.
Easterly, and Ms. McConnaughy were each awarded 1,000 shares of restricted stock which vest on December
21. 2014.  Management’s estimate of the fair value of our common stock at grant date, December 21, 2011,
was $4.30 per share based upon the last trade which occurred on December 21, 2011.

57

(3)

All Other Compensation is comprised of the following amounts:

Name

401(k)
Match

Profit
Sharing
Contribution

Premiums
for Group
Term Life
Insurance

Cash
Dividends
Paid on Stock
Awards (a)

Perquisites(b)

Total All Other
Compensation

Robert D. Regnier ................

Mark A. Fortino ...................

Bruce A. Easterly .................

Bonnie M. McConnaughy ....

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

2013

2012

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

10,200

10,000

9,235

7,812

9,011

7,636

5,857

5,209

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

- $

3,302

- $

1,650

- $

- $

- $

- $

- $

- $

269

240

398

354

233

196

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

- $

- $

-

-

-

-

$

$

$

$

- $

- $

2,172

$ 15,674

604

$

12,254

-

-

-

-

-

-

$

$

$

$

$

$

9,504

8,052

9,409

7,990

6,090

5,405

(a) No cash dividends were paid in 2013 and 2012.

(b) Perquisites for Mr. Regnier include personal use of the Company car.

Employment Agreements

Mr. Regnier, Mr. Fortino, Mr. Easterly, and Ms. McConnaughy each has an oral agreement with the Company for
“at will” employment which includes the following:

1. Entitlement to a salary, adjusted annually by the Company’s Board of Directors;
2. Eligibility for incentive awards under the 1998 Equity Incentive Plan, as determined by the Company’s Board

of Directors;

3. Entitlement  to  medical  and  disability  insurance  and  other  forms  of  health,  life  and  other  insurance  and/or

benefits provided by the Company to its employees; and

4. Entitlement to paid time off and all other employee benefits provided by the Company to its employees, except
for Mr. Regnier who is not eligible to participate in the Employee Stock Purchase Plan due to his greater than
5% ownership in the Company.

We have change of control agreements in place with four of our key employees, Mr. Regnier, Mr. Fortino, Mr.
Easterly and Ms. McConnaughy. Our Board of Directors determined it was in the best interests of the Company and
its stockholders to ensure that the Company and its affiliates will have the continued dedication of these executives,
notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a change in control. Our Board believes it is imperative to
diminish the inevitable distraction of the executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a
potential change in control and to provide the executive with a compensation package competitive with those of
other corporations who may seek to employ our executives. Upon a change of control, the Company shall pay the
above named executives a lump sum cash amount equal to the product of: (i) two, and  (ii) the sum of Executive’s
annual base salary at the rate in effect immediately preceding the change in control plus the cash bonus paid to

58

Executive with respect to the most recently closed fiscal year of the Company.   If full payment is made to Executive
as described above, for a period of one year following such payment, Executive covenants and agrees not to attempt
to directly or indirectly recruit, solicit, or induce, anyone employed with the Company or any of its affiliates and
agrees not to or attempt to solicit, divert, or take away any clients, customers, or accounts, or prospective clients,
customers, or accounts of the Company or any of its affiliates.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2013,  with  respect  to  the  compensation  plan  under
which  common  shares  of  Blue  Valley  Ban  Corp.  are  authorized  for  issuance  to  certain  officers  in  exchange  for
services  provided.    The  1998  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  amended  and  restated  as  of  May  14,  2003,  provides  for  the
issuance of equity-based awards, including restricted stock and stock options. There were no unexercised options
outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Number of

Common Shares to

Number of

Common Shares

Remaining

Available for

be Issued upon

Weighted Average

Future Issuance

Exercise of

Exercise Price of

Under Equity Plans

Outstanding

Outstanding

(Excluding Shares

Options, Warrants

Options, Warrants

and Rights

and Rights

(a)

(b)

Reflected in

Column (a))

-

-

-

$

-

-

-

58,541

-

$

58,541

$

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by

stockholders

Equity compensation plans not approved by

stockholders

Total

2012 Director Compensation

The Company pays each of our non-employee directors in common stock of the Company a fee of $1,500 for each
meeting of our Board of Directors, and a fee of $350 for each committee meeting that each attends.  An employee of
the  Company  or  a  subsidiary  receives  no  additional  compensation  for  serving  as  a  director.    Directors  are  also
eligible  to  receive  stock  options,  restricted  stock  and  deferred  share  unit  grants  under  our  1998  Equity  Incentive
Plan. In December 2013, each non-employee director of the Company was awarded 2,000 shares of our stock for
performance  during  2013. Mr.  Regnier  received  10,000  shares  of restricted  stock  as  discussed  above  under
Executive Compensation.

59

Name

Year

Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash(1)
($)

Stock
Awards (2)
($)

Option
Awards
($)

Non –Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)

All Other
Compensation
($)

Total
Compensation
($)

Donald H. Alexander

2013

$ 24,950

$ 10,000

Robert D. Taylor

James L. Gegg

2013

2013

$

$

7,400

$ 10,000

9,250

$ 10,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

- $

- $

- $

34,950

17,400

19,250

(1)

(2)

Fees earned were converted to shares of the Company’s common stock during 2013.  In December 2013, the
following shares  of common  stock  were  issued  to  each non-employee  directors:    Mr.  Alexander – 4,990
shares; Mr. Taylor – 1,480 shares; and Mr. Gegg – 1,850 shares.

All non-employee directors received 2,000 shares, which vested immediately.  Management’s estimate of the
fair value of our common  stock at December 18, 2013, the grant date,  was $5.00 per share based upon the
recent rights offering which occurred on December 6, 2013.

Item 12:

Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management and  Related
Stockholder Matters

The following table sets forth beneficial ownership information for the Company’s common stock as of February 28,
2014 for (1) persons known by the Company to own of record or beneficially five percent or more of the outstanding
common stock; (2) the Company’s directors; (3) each of the executive officers of the Company named in the
Summary Compensation Table included herein; and (4) all of the directors and executive officers of the Company as
a group. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each person listed below is c/o 11935 Riley, Overland Park,
Kansas 66213. This information has been prepared based upon the SEC’s “beneficial ownership” rules and
information available to the Company. Unless otherwise indicated, each of the following persons has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned. A person is considered to have
shared voting and investment power over shares indicated as being owned by the spouse or the IRA of the spouse of
that person.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Robert D. Regnier
Thomas A. McDonnell
Donald H. Alexander
The Delmar Equity Partners LLP
Robert D. Taylor
James L. Gegg
Mark A. Fortino
Bruce A. Easterly
Bonnie M. McConnaughy

All directors and executive officers, 7 in

number, as a group

Amount and Nature
of Beneficial
Ownership (2)

Percentage of Class (8)

1,377,291
412,225
317,838
316,200
48,964
10,595
27,374
16,213
9,715

(1)(3)
(1)(4)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)(5)
(1)(6)
(1)(7)

29.98%
7.22%
6.92%
6.88%
1.07%
*
*
*
*

1,807,988

39.36%

(1) All entries based on information provided to us by our directors and executive officers.

60

(2) For purposes of this table, a person is considered to beneficially own shares of common stock if he or she
directly or indirectly has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of
the shares, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose or direct the disposition of the shares,
or  if  he/she  has  the  right  to  acquire  the  shares  under  options  which  are  exercisable  currently or  within
60 days  of February 28,  2014. Each  person  named  in  the  above  table  has  sole  voting  power  and  sole
investment  power  with  respect  to  the  indicated  shares  unless  otherwise  noted.  A  person  is  considered  to
have shared voting and investment power over shares indicated as being owned by the spouse or the IRA of
the spouse of that person.

(3) Includes 172,970 shares held in family  limited partnerships and a corporate entity; 1,054,561 shares held
individually; 51,432  shares  held  in  retirement  accounts; 8,930  shares  issued  to  Mr.  Regnier  under  the
restricted stock award program; and 89,398 shares held in a family limited partnership with his spouse.

(4) Consists of 3,600 shares held individually; 408,625 shares jointly held by Mr. McDonnell and his spouse in
a trust.  Mr. McDonnell is not a director or executive officer of the Company, but is a beneficial owner of
over five percent of the outstanding common stock.

(5) Consists of 15,155 shares held individually; 1,000 shares issued to Mr. Fortino under the restricted stock
award program; 10,331 shares jointly held by Mr. Fortino  and his  spouse in a trust; and 888 shares held
individually by his spouse.

(6) Consists of 15,213 shares held individually; 1,000 shares issued to Mr. Easterly under the restricted stock

award program.

(7) Consists of 7,615 shares held individually; 1,100 shares jointly held by Ms. McConnaughy and her spouse;

1,000 shares issued to Ms. McConnaughy under the restricted stock award program.

(8) Based  on  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  on March 31,  2014,  which was 4,593,687

shares

*

Less than 1%.

Item 13:

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The Bank periodically makes loans to our executive officers and directors, the members of their immediate families
and companies with which they are affiliated. As of December 31, 2013 the Bank had aggregate loans outstanding
to  such  persons  of approximately  $17.1 million,  which  represented 40.41% of our  stockholders’  equity  of  $42.2
million on that date.  These loans at the time of origination:

(cid:3) were made in the ordinary course of business;

(cid:3) were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time

for comparable transactions with other persons not related to the Bank;

(cid:3)

did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features; and

(cid:3) were being paid as agreed.

61

Director Independence

Our Board of Directors reviews and determines the independence of each Director and nominee for election as a
Director. Our Board of Directors applies the definition of “independent directors”, as defined by the listing
standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the following non-
employee directors of the Company is independent:

Donald H. Alexander
Robert D. Taylor
James L. Gegg

Our Board of Directors determined that Robert D. Regnier, as an employed executive officer of the Company, is not
independent.

Item 14:

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

BKD, LLP has served as independent auditor of the Company since 1989.  Such services include the audit of the
financial statements of the Company for the recently completed fiscal year and other appropriate services as
approved.

The following is a summary of fees billed by BKD, LLP for professional services rendered during the fiscal years
ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands)
Audit fees
Audit-Related fees
Tax fees
All other fees

Total

2013

2012

$ 184
11
11
-
$ 206

$ 89
-
18
-
$ 107

Audit fees paid to BKD, LLP are for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s annual
consolidated financial statements, reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s Reports on Form
S-1 filing in 2013, and FHA lender audit. Audit-related fees are for professional services rendered for the agreed-
upon procedures examination of the Bank’s Trust Department. Tax fees include fees paid for the preparation and
review of the Company’s state and federal tax returns, and tax consulting services.  All other fees include other
permitted advisory services. The Audit Committee has considered and found that the provision of services by BKD,
LLP covered above is compatible with maintaining their independence.  During 2013, 100% of the total fees
disclosed in the Independent Auditor Fee Information table were specifically approved by the Audit Committee.

The Company’s Audit Committee has adopted the following guidelines for pre-approval of audit and permitted non-
audit services provided by the Company’s independent auditor.  Annually the Audit Committee will review the fee
proposal and engagement letter for audit services to be performed, along with other permitted services including
audit-related and tax services to be provided by the independent registered public accountant. If agreed to by the
Audit Committee, the engagement letter is formally accepted by the Audit Committee.

For non-audit services, the Company’s management submits to the Audit Committee for approval significant non-
audit services that it recommends the Audit Committee engage the independent auditor to provide for the fiscal year.
The Audit Committee has delegated to the Chair of the Audit Committee the authority to grant pre-approval for non-
audit services not to exceed $15,000 per engagement.  The decision of the Chair is then presented to the full Audit
Committee at its next scheduled meeting. Company management and the independent auditor will each confirm to
the  Audit  Committee  that  each  non-audit  service  recommended  is  permissible  under  all  applicable  legal
requirements.

62

Item 15:

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Part IV

(a)

(b)

(c)

The financial statements and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index to
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules are filed as part of this Form 10-K.

The exhibits listed in the accompanying exhibit index are filed as part of this Form 10-K.

None

63

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 28, 2014

By: /s/ Robert D. Regnier

Robert D. Regnier, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities listed on the dates indicated

Date: March 28, 2014

By: /s/ Robert D. Regnier

Robert D. Regnier, President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 28, 2014

By: /s/ Mark A. Fortino

Mark A. Fortino, Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: March 28, 2014

Date: March 28, 2014

Date: March 28, 2014

By: /s/ Donald H. Alexander

Donald H. Alexander, Director

By: / s/ Robert D. Taylor

Robert D. Taylor, Director

By: /s/ James L. Gegg

James L. Gegg, Director

64

Exhibits

2.1

2.2

2.3

3.1

3.2

3.3

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

Agreement and Plan of Merger between Unison Bancorp, Inc., BVBC Acquisition I, Inc. and Blue
Valley Ban Corp., dated as of November 2, 2006.*****

Acquisition Agreement and Plan of Merger among Northland National Bank, Blue Valley Ban
Corp. and Western National Bank, dated as of March 2, 2007.*****

Purchase and Assumption Agreement among Northland National Bank, Bank of Blue Valley and
Blue Valley Ban Corp., dated as of March 2, 2007.*****

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Blue Valley Ban Corp. *

Bylaws, as amended, of Blue Valley Ban Corp. *

Certificate of Designations dated December 3, 2008.******

1998 Equity Incentive Plan. *

1994 Stock Option Plan. *

Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities. *

Indenture dated April 10, 2003, between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and Wilmington Trust Company
**

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated April 10, 2003 **

Guarantee Agreement dated April 10, 2003 **

Fee Agreement dated April 10, 2003 **

Specimen of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Security **

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of July 29, 2005 between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and
Wilmington Trust Company***

4.10

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated July 29, 2005***

4.11

Guarantee Agreement dated July 29, 2005***

4.12 Warrant to purchase Common Stock dated December 5, 2008.******

10.1

Promissory Note of Blue Valley Building dated July 15, 1994. *

10.2

10.3

Mortgage, Assignment of Leases and Rents and Security Agreement between Blue Valley
Building and Businessmen's Assurance Company of America, dated July 15, 1994. *

Assignment of Leases and Rents between Blue Valley Building and Businessmen's Assurance
Company of America dated July 15, 1994. *

10.4

Line of Credit Note with JP Morgan Chase dated June 15, 2005 ****

10.5

Term Note with JP Morgan Chase dated June 15, 2005 ****

65

10.6

Letter Agreement dated December 5, 2008, including Securities Purchase Agreement – Standard
Terms, incorporated by reference herein, between Blue Valley Ban Corp. and the United States
Department of Treasury.******

10.7

Amendment and Waiver by and among Bank of Blue Valley, Blue Valley Ban Corp. and its
Senior Executive Officers.******

11.1

Statement regarding computation of per share earnings.  Please see p. F-16.

21.1

Subsidiaries of Blue Valley Ban Corp.

23.3

Consent of BKD, LLP.

31.1

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

31.2

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

32.1

99.1

99.2

101.

*

**

***

****

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 111 of the Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 111 of the Emergency
Economic Stabilization Act of 2008.

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets,
(ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’
Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements, tagged as blocks of text*******

Filed with the SEC on April 10, 2000 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.'s Registration
Statement on Form S-1, Amendment No. 1, File No. 333-34328.  Exhibit incorporated herein by
reference.

Filed with the SEC on March 19, 2004 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K.  Exhibit incorporated herein by reference.

Filed with the SEC on August 3, 2005 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Current Report on
Form 8-K.  Exhibit incorporated herein by reference.

Filed with the SEC on March 27, 2006 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K. Exhibit incorporated herein by reference.

*****

Filed with the SEC on March 29, 2007 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K.  Exhibit incorporated herein by reference.

****** Filed with the SEC on December 8, 2008 as an Exhibit to Blue Valley Ban Corp.’s Current Report

on Form 8-K.  Exhibit incorporated herein by reference.

******* As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for

purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 18 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

66

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Page

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ..........................

F-2

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Balance Sheets...................................................................................................................................
Statements of Operations...................................................................................................................
Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) ...................................................................................
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity...................................................................................................
Statements of Cash Flows .................................................................................................................
Notes to Financial Statements ...........................................................................................................

F-3
F-5
F-6
F-7
F-8
F-10

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee,
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Blue Valley Ban Corp.
Overland Park, Kansas

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Blue Valley Ban Corp. (the  “Company”)  as  of
December 31, 2013 and 2012,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of operations, comprehensive  income  (loss),
stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the three  year period  ended  December  31, 2013.    These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement.  The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to
perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting.  Our audits included consideration of internal control
over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for
the purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion.  Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements, assessing the accounting principles  used and significant estimates
made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Blue Valley Ban Corp. as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for  each  of the  years  in  the three  year period  ended  December  31, 2013, in  conformity  with  accounting  principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Kansas City, Missouri
March 28, 2014

F-2

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012
(In thousands, except share data)

ASSETS

Cash and due from banks
Interest bearing deposits in other financial institutions
Federal funds sold

Cash and cash equivalents

Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage loans held for sale, fair value

$

2013

26,428
14,071
–
40,499

100,657
1,438

$

2012

33,353
67,724
–
101,077

77,845
7,621

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $8,992 and $9,057 in 2013 and 2012,

respectively

405,803

406,614

Premises and equipment, net
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net
Interest receivable
Deferred income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal Reserve Bank stock, and

other securities

Core deposit intangible asset, at amortized cost

15,466
25,801
1,736
4,205
6,195

7,250
36

15,448
31,936
1,529
1,121
6,095

7,540
179

Total assets

$

609,086

$

657,005

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-3

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012
(In thousands, except share data)

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

LIABILITIES

Deposits

Demand
Savings, NOW and money market
Time

Total deposits

Other interest-bearing liabilities
Long-term debt
Interest payable and other liabilities

Total liabilities

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Capital stock

2013

2012

$

100,965
233,335
114,068
448,368

32,335
77,887
8,268

566,858

$

113,698
235,632
135,136
484,466

21,668
101,111
9,945

617,190

Preferred stock, $1 par value, $1,000 liquidation preference
Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
2013 – 21,750 shares; 2012 – 21,750 shares

Common stock, par value $1 per share;

Authorized 15,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
2013 – 4,326,704 shares; 2012 – 2,934,123 shares

Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax (credit) of

$(2,759) in 2013 and $29 in 2012

Total stockholders’ equity

22

22

4,327
44,010
(1,992)

(4,139)
42,228

2,934
38,746
(1,930)

43
39,815

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

$

609,086

$

657,005

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-4

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(In thousands, except per share data)

2013

2012

2011

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME

Interest and fees on loans
Federal funds sold and other short-term investments
Available-for-sale securities
Dividends on FHLBank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

Total interest and dividend income

INTEREST EXPENSE

Interest-bearing demand deposits
Savings and money market deposit accounts
Time deposits
Federal funds purchased and other interest-bearing liabilities
Long-term debt, net

Total interest expense

NET INTEREST INCOME

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

$

20,800
135
1,683
239
22,857

313
275
1,661
26
3,196
5,471

17,386

950

$

22,852
193
1,097
241
24,383

700
291
2,487
44
3,670
7,192

17,191

1,200

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN

LOSSES

16,436

15,991

NON-INTEREST INCOME

Loans held for sale fee income
NSF charges and service fees
Trust services
Investment brokerage services
Other service charges
Realized gains on available-for-sale securities
Other income

Total non-interest income

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

Salaries and employee benefits
Net occupancy expense
Foreclosed assets expense
Other operating expense

Total non-interest expense

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES

Provision (benefit) for income taxes
Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

NET INCOME (LOSS)

DIVIDENDS AND ACCRETION ON PREFERRED STOCK

NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

BASIC LOSS PER SHARE

DILUTED LOSS PER SHARE

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$

$

$

F-5

1,456
968
560
500
1,418
127
3,443
8,472

11,079
2,620
3,612
6,855
24,166

742

200
(500)
(300)

1,042

1,104

(62)

(0.02)

(0.02)

$

$

$

2,447
980
543
434
1,495
–
1,535
7,434

10,587
2,568
2,647
7,506
23,308

117

50
(200)
(150)

267

1,106

(839)

(0.29)

(0.29)

$

$

$

$

25,277
151
1,202
225
26,855

1,611
346
3,755
41
3,502
9,255

17,600

3,300

14,300

2,120
944
527
387
1,362
–
984
6,324

10,955
2,599
5,219
7,851
26,624

(6,000)

(2,777)
12,600
9,823

(15,823)

1,106

(16,929)

(6.03)

(6.03)

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(In thousands)

NET INCOME (LOSS)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

Change  in  unrealized appreciation  on  available-for-sale  securities, net  of
income  taxes (credit) of $(2,710)  in  2013, $(60)  in  2012 and $69 in
2011

Less:  reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in net income

(loss), net of income taxes of $51 in 2013

Comprehensive income (loss)

2013

2012

2011

$

1,042

$

267

$

(15,823)

(4,106)

(76)
(3,140)

$

$

(91)

–
176

104

–
(15,719)

$

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-6

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(In thousands, except share data)

Preferred
Stock

Common
Stock

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other

(Accumulated Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Deficit)

Total

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2010

$

22

$ 2,843

$ 38,431

$15,838

$

30

$57,164

Issuance  of 40,466 shares  of  restricted  stock,

net of forfeitures of 7,437

Issuance of 2,628 shares of common stock for

the employee stock purchase plan

Net loss
Accretion of discount on preferred shares
Dividend on preferred shares
Other comprehensive income

33

3

44

18

18

(15,823)
(18)
(1,088)

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2011

$

22

$ 2,879

$38,511

$(1,091)

$

Issuance  of 55,155 shares  of  restricted  stock,

net of forfeitures of 6,698

Issuance of 6,508 shares of common stock for

the employee stock purchase plan

Net income
Accretion of discount on preferred shares
Dividend on preferred shares
Other comprehensive loss

48

7

197

20

18

267
(18)
(1,088)

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2012

$

22

$ 2,934

$38,746

$(1,930)

$

104

134

(91)

43

Issuance  of 44,210 shares  of  restricted  stock,

net of forfeitures of 567

Issuance of 4,748 shares of common stock for

the employee stock purchase plan

Issuance of 1,344,000 shares of common stock
Net income
Accretion of discount on preferred shares
Dividend on preferred shares
Other comprehensive loss

44

5
1,344

244

14
4,989

17

1,042
(17)
(1,087)

(4,182)

77

21
(15,823)
–
(1,088)
104

$ 40,455

245

27
267
–
(1,088)
(91)

$39,815

288

19
6,333
1,042
–
(1,087)
(4,182)

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2013

$

22

$ 4,327

$44,010

$(1,992)

$

(4,139)

$ 42,228

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(In thousands)

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by

operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Amortization,  net  of  (accretion) of premiums  and  discounts on
available-for-sale securities
Provision for loan losses
Provision for losses on foreclosed assets held for sale
Deferred income taxes
Stock dividends on FHLBank stock
Increase in value of bank owned life insurance
Net realized gains on available-for-sale securities
Net gain on sale of foreclosed assets
Restricted stock earned and forfeited
Compensation expense related to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Originations of loans held for sale
Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale
Realized (gain) loss on loans held for sale fair value adjustment

Changes in:

Interest receivable
Net fair value of loan related commitments
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Interest payable and other liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net change in loans
Proceeds from sale of loan participations
Purchase of premises and equipment
Proceeds from the sale of foreclosed assets, net of expenses
Capitalized expenditures on foreclosed assets held for sale
Purchase of priority lien on foreclosed assets held for sale
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities
Purchases of bank owned life insurance
Purchases of FHLBank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

and other securities

Proceeds  from  the  redemption  of  FHLBank stock,  Federal Reserve  Bank

stock, and other securities

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Net  increase (decrease) in  demand  deposits,  money  market,  NOW  and

savings accounts

Net decrease in time deposits
Net increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and other interest-bearing

liabilities

Repayments of long-term debt
Prepayment penalty on modification of FHLBank advances
Proceeds from sale of additional stock through rights offering
Net proceeds from the sale of stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

2013

2012

2011

$

1,042

$

267

$

(15,823)

1,671

269
950
2,147
(300)
(121)
(167)
(127)
(1,069)
288
4
(53,278)
59,423
38

(207)
168
(97)
(2,769)
7,865

(5,928)
4,456
(905)
7,022
(254)
(378)
(66,006)
29,923
6,159
─

(3)

414
(25,500)

(15,030)

(21,068)

10,667
(20,000)
(3,866)
6,333
19
(42,945)

1,686

(14)
1,200
867
(150)
(124)
(170)
─
(337)
245
3
(83,477)
81,540
2

44
(92)
270
1,077
2,837

5,666
2,675
(417)
6,281
─
─
(107,192)
91,000
─
─

(79)

31
(2,035)

25,504

(31,451)

6,296
─
─
─
27
376

1,661

(62)
3,300
3,159
9,823
(106)
─
─
(555)
77
4
(66,014)
68,668
(178)

210
257
(172)
490
4,739

28,561
2,854
(499)
5,638
─
─
(64,915)
67,000
─
(4,000)

(100)

─
34,539

4,444

(55,249)

(3,376)
─
─
─
21
(54,160)

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR

(60,579)
101,077
40,499

$

1,178
99,899
101,077

$

(14,882)
114,781
99,899

$

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-8

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011
(In thousands)

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

Cash paid during the year for:

Interest
Income taxes, net of refunds

Noncash investing and financing activities:

Transfer of loans to foreclosed property, net of specific allowance
Restricted stock issued
Preferred dividends accrued but not paid
Sale and financing of foreclosed assets

2013

2012

2011

$
$

$
$
$
$

8,648
─

4,371
50
1,087
3,038

$
$

$
$
$
$

6,254
─

10,518
48
1,088
1,018

$
$

$
$
$
$

8,717
1

17,354
33
1,088
268

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-9

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

The  Company  is  a  holding  company  for  Bank  of  Blue  Valley  (the “Bank”),  BVBC  Capital  Trust  II and BVBC
Capital Trust III through 100% ownership of each.

The  Bank  is  primarily  engaged  in  providing  a  full  range  of  banking  and  mortgage  services  to individual  and
corporate  customers  in Johnson  County,  Kansas. The  Bank  also  originates residential mortgages locally  and
nationwide through  its InternetMortgage.com  website. The  Bank  is  subject  to  competition  from  other  financial
institutions.    The  Bank  is also subject to  regulation by certain  federal  and  state  agencies and  undergoes  periodic
examination by those regulatory authorities.

BVBC  Capital  Trust  II and  III are Delaware  business  trusts created  in  2003 and 2005, respectively, to  offer trust
preferred securities and to purchase the  Company’s junior subordinated debentures.  The Trusts have terms of 30
years, but may dissolve earlier as provided in their trust agreements.

Operating Segment

The  Company  provides  community  banking  services  through  its  subsidiary  bank,  including  such  products  and
services  as  loans;  time  deposits,  checking  and  savings  accounts; mortgage  originations;
trust  services;  and
investment services. These activities are reported as a single operating segment.

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Blue  Valley  Ban  Corp.  and  its  100%  owned
subsidiaries.  Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in conformity  with  accounting principles  generally accepted in the United
States  of  America  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of
assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    Actual  results  could  differ  from  those
estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance
for loan losses, valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans, valuation
of deferred tax assets and fair values of financial instruments.  In connection with the determination of the allowance
for loan losses and the valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, management obtains independent appraisals for
significant properties.

F-10

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(Continued)

Management believes that the allowance for loan losses, valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale, and valuation of
deferred  tax  assets are  adequate.    While  management  uses  available  information  to  recognize  losses  on  loans,
foreclosed assets held for sale and deferred tax assets, changes in economic conditions may necessitate revision of
these  estimates  in  future  years.    In  addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as  an  integral  part  of  their  examination
process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for  loan losses, valuation of foreclosed assets held for sale
and  deferred  tax  assets.    Such  agencies  may  require  the  Company  to  recognize  additional  losses  based  on  their
judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The  Company  considers  all  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  to  be  cash
equivalents.

Pursuant  to  legislation  enacted  in  2010,  the  FDIC  fully  insured all  noninterest-bearing  transaction  accounts
beginning December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012 at all FDIC-insured institutions. Upon expiration of this
legislation on December 31, 2012, the FDIC insurance limit on noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at all FDIC-
insured institutions was restored to the $250,000 FDIC insurance limit previously made effective July 21, 2011. The
Company’s interest-bearing cash  accounts  exceeded  federally  insured  limits  by approximately $220,000 at
December 31, 2013.

Prior  to  June,  2012,  the  Bank was required  to  maintain  reserve  funds  in  cash  and/or  on  deposit  with  the  Federal
Reserve Bank. The Bank had no required reserve at December 31, 2012, and had a clearing balance requirement of
$15,000,000 at December 31, 2011.  The deposit balance held at the Federal Reserve Bank on December 31, 2013
was $13,600,000.

Investment in Securities

Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which the Company has no immediate plan to sell, but
which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings
and  are  reported,  net  of related  income  tax  effects,  in accumulated other  comprehensive  income. Purchase
premiums  and  discounts  are  amortized  and  accreted,  respectively,  to  interest  income  using  a  method  which
approximates the level-yield method over the terms of the securities. Realized gains and losses, based on amortized
cost of the specific security, are recorded on trade date and included in non-interest income. Interest on investments
in debt securities is included in income when earned.

For debt securities with fair value below amortized cost and the Company does not intend to sell the debt security,
and it is more likely than not the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, the
Company recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of the debt security in earnings
and  the  remaining  portion  in  other  comprehensive  income. The  credit  loss  component  recognized  in  earnings  is
identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security
as projected based on cash flow projections. The Company did not have any securities with other-than-temporary
impairment at December 31, 2013.

F-11

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(Continued)

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity
does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed
other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in  which the decision to sell is  made.  The Company recognizes an
impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at fair value in the aggregate.
Net  unrealized  gains  and  losses,  if  any,  are  recognized through  a  valuation  allowance  by  charges  to  non-interest
income.    Gains and  losses, net  of  discounts  collected  or paid,  commitment  fees  paid  and  considering  a  normal
servicing rate are recognized in non-interest income upon sale of the loan.

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are
reported  at  their  outstanding  principal  balance  adjusted  for unearned  income, charge-offs,  the  allowance  for  loan
losses,  and  any  deferred  fees  or  costs  on  originated  loans  and  unamortized  premiums  or  discounts  on  purchased
loans. For loans recorded at amortized cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan
origination fees, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized over the respective term of the loan.

Generally, the  accrual  of  interest  on  loans  is  discontinued  at  the  time  the  loan  is 90 days  past  due  and  interest  is
considered  a  loss,  unless  the  loan  is  well-secured  and  in  the  process  of  collection. Past  due  status  is  based  on
contractual  term  of  the  loans. Loans  are  placed on  non-accrual  or  charged  off  at  an  earlier  date  if  collection  of
principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans placed on non-accrual or
charged off is reversed when loans are placed on non-accrual or charged off  which reduces interest income.  The
interest on these loans is generally accounted for on a cash-basis or a cost recovery method, until conditions qualify
the  loan’s return  to  accrual  status.    Loans  may  be  returned  to  accrual  status  when  all  the  principal  and  interest
amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

F-12

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(Continued)

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is management's estimate of probable losses which have occurred as of the balance
sheet  date  based  on  management's  evaluation  of  risk  in  the  loan  portfolio. Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the
allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.  Subsequent recoveries, if
any, are credited to the allowance.

The  allowance for  loan  losses is  evaluated  on  a  monthly  basis  by  management and  is based  on  management’s
periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in consideration of historical experience, the nature and volume of
the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of underlying
collateral and prevailing economic conditions.  This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that
are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The Company computes  its  allowance  by  assigning  specific  reserves  to  impaired  loans,  and  then  applies  general
reserve  factors  to  the  rest  of  the  loan  portfolio. The  general  reserve  covers  non-impaired  loans  and  is  based  on
historical charge off experience, expected loss given default derived from the Company’s internal risk rating process
and current and projected economic conditions and factors. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for
pools of loans after an assessment of internal and external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in
the historical loss or risk rating data.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will
be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of
the  loan  agreement.  Factors  considered  by  management
in determining  impairment  include  payment  status,
collateral  value  and the probability  of  collecting  scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments  when  due.  Loans  that
experience  insignificant  payment  delays  and  payment  shortfalls  generally  are  not  classified as  impaired.
Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking
into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of delay, the
reason for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal
and interest owed.
Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the present value of expected future
cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the
collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Premises and Equipment

Depreciable assets are stated  at cost less accumulated depreciation.  Depreciation is charged to expense  using the
straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets. Leasehold  improvements  are  capitalized  and
depreciated using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective lease or the estimated useful lives of the
improvements, whichever is shorter.

The estimated useful lives for each major depreciable classification of premises and equipment are as follows:

Buildings and improvements
Furniture and equipment

35-40 years
3-10 years

F-13

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(Continued)

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less
cost  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure,  establishing  a  new  cost  basis.    Subsequent  to  foreclosure,  valuations  are
periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less
cost to sell.  Revenue and expenses  from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are reported as other
income and foreclosed assets expense.

FHLBank Stock, Federal Reserve Bank Stock and Other Securities

FHLBank and Federal Reserve Bank stock are required investments for institutions that are members of the Federal
Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve systems. The required investment in the stock is based on a predetermined
formula, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment.

Derivatives

Derivatives are recognized as assets and liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and measured at fair value.

Derivative Loan Commitments

Mortgage loan commitments that relate to the origination of a mortgage that will be held for sale upon funding are
considered derivative instruments under the derivatives and hedging accounting guidance (ASC 815, Derivatives and
Hedging). Loan commitments that are derivatives are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in
other assets and other liabilities with changes in their fair values recorded in other income.  The Company estimates
the  fair  value  using  a  valuation  model  which  considers  differences  between  quoted  prices  for  loans  with  similar
characteristics in the secondary market and the committed rates.

Forward Loan Sale Commitments

The  Company  carefully evaluates all  loan  sales  agreements  to  determine  whether  they  meet  the  definition  of  a
derivative under the derivatives and hedging accounting guidance (ASC 815), as facts and circumstances may differ
significantly.
If agreements qualify, to protect against the price risk inherent in derivative loan commitments, the
Company uses best efforts forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the risk of potential decreases in the values of
loans  that  would  result  from  the  exercise  of  the  derivative  loan  commitments.    Accordingly,  forward  loan
commitments are recognized at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets and other liabilities with
changes  in  their  fair  values  recorded  in  other  income.    The  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  its  forward  loan
commitments using a methodology similar to that used for derivative loan commitments.

Core Deposit Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  are  being  amortized  on  the  straight-line  basis  over  seven  years.    Such  assets  are  periodically
evaluated as to the recoverability of their carrying value.

Fee Income

Loan origination fees, net of direct origination costs, are recognized as income using the level-yield method over the
term of the loans.

F-14

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(Continued)

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered.  Control
over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company—put
presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the
transferee  obtains  the  right  (free  of  conditions  that  constrain  it  from  taking  advantage  of  that  right)  to  pledge  or
exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets
through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return
specific assets.

Transfers between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels

Transfers  in  and  out  of  Level  1  (quoted  market  prices),  Level  2  (other  significant  observable  inputs)  and  Level  3
(significant unobservable inputs) are recognized on the period end date.

Income Taxes

The  Company  accounts  for  income  taxes  in  accordance  with  income  tax  accounting  guidance  (ASC 740, Income
Taxes).    The  income  tax  accounting  guidance  results  in  two  components  of  income  tax  expense:    current  and
deferred.  Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the
provisions  of  the  enacted  tax  law  to  the  taxable  income  or  excess  of  deductions  over  revenues.    The  Company
determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method.  Under this method, the net deferred
tax  asset  or  liability  is  based  on  the  tax  effects  of  the  differences  between  the  book  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities,  and  enacted  changes  in  tax  rates  and  laws are  recognized  in  the  period  in  which  they  occur. Deferred
income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets
are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that
some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The valuation allowance at December 31, 2013 was
$11,934,000. Due  to  the  Company’s losses  recorded  over  the previous four  years,  the  Company  assessed  the
deferred tax asset during 2011 and recognized a $12,600,000 valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset based on
historical  and  current  information  available  relating  to uncertainty  of the  Company’s  ability  to  recognize  the
deferred  tax  asset  in  future  near  term  periods.    As  the  Company recognizes profits  in  the  future,  portions  of  this
allowance may be recognizable in future years.

Deferred tax assets are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position
will be realized or sustained upon examination.  The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50
percent;  the  terms  examined  and  upon  examination  also  include  resolution  of the  related  appeals  or  litigation
processes,  if  any. A tax  position  that  meets  the  more-likely-than-not  recognition  threshold  is  initially  and
subsequently  measured as  the largest amount of tax benefit that  has a  greater than 50 percent likelihood of being
realized  upon  settlement with  a  taxing  authority  that  has  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information.    The
determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the
facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment.

The Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  on  income  taxes  as  a  component  of  income  tax  expense. The
Company files  consolidated  income  tax  returns  with  its subsidiaries.    The  Company  is  generally  not  subject  to
federal, state and local examination by tax authorities for years prior to 2010.

F-15

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(Continued)

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net
of  applicable  income  taxes. Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  includes  unrealized  appreciation
(depreciation) on available-for-sale securities. Net unrealized gain or (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of
income taxes, included in accumulated other comprehensive income was $(4,139,000) and $43,000, respectively, at
December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Reclassification

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2012 and 2011 financial statements to conform to the 2013 financial
statement presentation.  These reclassifications had no effect on net income (loss).

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic  earnings (loss) per  share represents  income  available  to  common  stockholders  divided  by the  weighted
average  number  of  shares  outstanding  during  each period.    Diluted  earnings (loss) per  share reflects  additional
potential common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as
well  as  any  adjustment  to  income  that  would  result  from  the  assumed  issuance. The  computation  of  per  share
earnings is as follows:

2013

2012

2011

(In thousands, except share and per share data)
Net Income (loss)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
Net loss available to common shareholders

$

$

1,042
(1,104)

$

(62) $

267
(1,106)

$

(839) $

(15,823)
(1,106)
(16,929)

Average common shares outstanding
Average common share stock options outstanding and

restricted stock (B)

2,930,115

2,855,566

2,806,299

21,262

11,997

21,589

Average diluted common shares (B)

2,951,377

2,867,563

2,827,888

Basic loss per share
Diluted loss per share (A)

($0.02)
($0.02)

($0.29)
($0.29)

($6.03)
($6.03)

(A)

(B)

No shares of stock options, restricted stock or warrants were included in the computation of diluted earnings per
share for any period there was a loss.

Warrants to purchase 111,083 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $29.37 per share were outstanding
at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share
because the warrant’s exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares, thus
making the warrants anti-dilutive.  Stock options to purchase 0, 0, and 10,575 shares of common stock were
outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 respectively, but were not included in the computation of
diluted earnings per share because the option’s exercise price was greater than the average market price of the
common shares, thus making the options anti-dilutive.

Income available for common stockholders will be reduced by dividends declared in the period on preferred stock
(whether or not they are paid) and the accretion on the warrants.

F-16

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 2: AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated fair value, together  with  gross  unrealized  gains and losses, of available-for-sale
securities are as follows:

(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies
State and political subdivision securities
U.S. Government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Small Business Administration loan pool certificates
Equity and other securities

Amortized
Cost

$ 73,111
21,467
7,229
5,148
600

December 31, 2013
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Losses
Gains

Fair Value

$ 68,313
19,764
7,183
4,810
587

$ (4,798)
(1,742)
(81)
(338)
(13)

$

–
39
35
–
–

74

$ 107,555

$

$ (6,972)

$ 100,657

(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies
State and political subdivision securities
Equity and other securities

December 31, 2012
Gross
Gross
Unrealized
Unrealized
Losses
Gains

Amortized
Cost

Fair Value

$ 63,123
14,051
600

$

68
176
23

$

(43)
(153)
–

$ 63,148
14,074
623

$ 77,774

$

267

$

(196)

$ 77,845

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  fair  value  of  available-for-sale  securities  at  December  31, 2013,  by  contractual
maturity are shown below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the
right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
Due after one year through five years
Due after five years through ten years
Due after ten years

Total

U.S. Government sponsored agency mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Small Business Administration loan pool certificates
Equity and other securities

Amortized
Cost

$

$

–
–
10,395
84,183
94,578
7,229
5,148
600
107,555

Fair Value

$

$

–
–
10,225
77,853
88,077
7,183
4,810
587
100,657

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities pledged as collateral to secure public deposits amounted to
$5,875,000 and $5,346,000 at December 31, 2013 and $5,000,000 and $4,997,000 at December 31, 2012.

Gross gains of $134,000 and gross losses of $7,000 were realized in 2013 from sales of available-for-sale securities.
No gross gains or losses were realized in 2012 and 2011, respectively, from sales of available-for-sale securities.

F-17

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 2: AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES (Continued)

Certain investments in debt and marketable equity securities are reported in the consolidated financial statements at
an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2013 and 2012, was
$96,923,000 and $33,985,000, which is approximately 96.3% and 43.7%, respectively, of the Company’s available-
for-sale investment portfolio. These declines in fair value resulted primarily from recent increases in market interest
rates. Based on evaluation of available information and evidence, particularly recent volatility in market yields on
debt securities, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary.

Unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment type and length of time that individual securities have
been in a continuous unrealized loss position are as follows:

Description of
Securities

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Less than 12 Months

December 31, 2013
12 Months or More

Total

Fair Value

Total
Unrealized
Losses

(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies
State and political subdivision

securities

U.S. Government sponsored agency

mortgage-backed securities

U.S. Small Business Administration

loan pool certificates
Equity and other securities

Total temporarily impaired

securities

$

68,313 $

4,798 $

– $

–

$

68,313

$

4,798

14,379

1,464

2,904

278

17,283

1,742

5,930

4,810
587

81

338
13

–

–
–

–

–
–

5,930

4,810
587

81

338
13

$

94,019

$

6,694 $

2,904

$

278

$

96,923

$

6,972

Description of
Securities

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Less than 12 Months

December 31, 2012
12 Months or More

Total

Fair Value

Total
Unrealized
Losses

(In thousands)
U.S. Government sponsored agencies
State and political subdivision

securities

Total temporarily impaired

securities

$

27,832 $

43 $

6,153

153

– $

–

– $

27,832

$

–

6,153

43

153

$

33,985

$

196 $

–

$

– $

33,985

$

196

The unrealized losses on the  Company’s  investments in obligations of U.S.  government  sponsored agencies, state
and  political securities, U.S.  government  sponsored  agency  mortgage-backed  securities  and  U.S.  Small  Business
Administration  loan  pool  certificates were  caused  by  interest  rate  increases.    The  contractual  terms  of  those
investments  do  not  permit  the  issuer  to  settle  the  securities at  a  price  less  than  the  amortized  cost  bases  of  the
investments.   Because the  Company does  not intend to  sell  the investments and it is not  more likely than  not the
Company  will  be  required  to  sell  the  investments  before  recovery  of  their  amortized  cost  bases,  which  may  be
maturity, the Company did not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31,
2013 or 2012.

F-18

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 2:  AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES (Continued)

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase.  The amounts deposited under these
agreements  represent  short-term debt and  are  reflected  as  a  liability  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.    The
securities  underlying  the  agreements  are  book-entry  securities.    During  the  period,  securities  held  in  safekeeping
were pledged to the depositors under a written custodial agreement that explicitly recognizes the depositors’ interest
in the securities.  At December 31, 2013, or at any month end during the period, no material amount of agreements
to repurchase securities sold was outstanding with any individual entity.

Information on sales of securities under agreements to repurchase is as follows:

(In thousands)
Balance as of December 31
Carrying value of securities pledged to secure agreements to repurchase

at December 31

Average balance during the year of securities sold under agreements to repurchase
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year

2013

2012

$32,335

$21,668

$44,643
$32,426
$40,944

$37,059
$18,663
$22,071

Amounts Reclassified out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Amounts  reclassified  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income (loss) and  the  affected  line  items  in  the
consolidated statements of operations during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

Amounts Reclassified From
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Year Ended

December 31,
2013

December 31,
2012

Affected line item in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations

(In thousands)
Realized gains on available-for-sale
securities
Income taxes
Total reclassifications out of accumulated

other comprehensive income

$

$

127

$

(51)

76

$

–

–

–

Realized gains on available-for-sale securities
(Total reclassified amount before tax)
Benefit for income taxes

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Classes of loans at December 31, 2013 and 2012 include the following:

(In thousands)
Commercial loans
Commercial real estate loans
Construction loans
Home equity loans
Residential real estate loans
Consumer loans
Lease financing

Total loans

Less:  Allowance for loan losses

2013

2012

$

120,283
145,045
44,806
43,169
44,771
8,885
7,836

414,795
8,992

$

115,520
143,198
46,515
49,529
43,584
10,054
7,271

415,671
9,057

Net loans

$

405,803

$

406,614

F-19

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

The following tables present the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2013,
2012 and 2011:

(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to

expense

Losses charged off
Recoveries
Balance, end of year

Commercial

Commercial
Real Estate

Construction

Home
Equity

Residential
Real Estate

Lease
Financing

Consumer

Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

$

2,097

$

3,582

$

1,543

$

634 $

1,138

$

46

$

17

$

9,057

2,281
(141)
319
4,556

(1,067)
(672)
27
1,870

$

$

(38)
(250)
171
1,426

$

$

(180)
–
30
484 $

(37)
(523)
40
618

$

(26)
–
–
20

$

17
(18)
2
18

$

950
(1,604)
590
8,992

Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to

expense

Losses charged off
Recoveries
Balance, end of year

Commercial

Commercial
Real Estate

Construction

Home
Equity

Residential
Real Estate

Lease
Financing

Consumer

Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012

$

2,987

$

3,772

$

2,721

$

1,338 $

2,312

$

30

$

29

$

13,189

961
(2,030)
179
2,097

$

2,029
(2,239)
20
3,582

$

$

(777)
(882)
481
1,543

$

(345)
(417)
58
634 $

(677)
(540)
43
1,138

$

25
(9)
-
46

$

(16)
–
4
17

$

1,200
(6,117)
785
9,057

Allowance for loan losses:
Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to

expense

Losses charged off
Recoveries
Balance, end of year

Commercial

Commercial
Real Estate

Construction

Home
Equity

Residential
Real Estate

Lease
Financing

Consumer

Total

For the Year Ended December 31, 2011

$

3,339

$

3,974

$

4,579

$

1,262 $

1,488

$

38

$

51

$

14,731

(52)
(582)
282
2,987

925
(1,218)
91
3,772

434
(2,352)
60
2,721

$

$

$

753
(725)
48
1,338 $

1,304
(637)
157
2,312

$

$

(33)
–
25
30

$

(31)
–
9
29

3,300
(5,514)
672
13,189

$

F-20

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on
portfolio segment and impairment methods as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Commercial

Commercial
Real Estate

Construction

December 31, 2013
Home
Equity

Residential
Real Estate

Lease
Financing

Consumer

Total

(In thousands)
Allowance 
losses:
Individually evaluated

for 

loan

for impairment

Collectively evaluated

for impairment

Total

$

$

3,747

809
4,556

$

$

635

1,235
1,870

Loans:
Individually evaluated

for impairment

Collectively evaluated

for impairment

Total

$

18,100

$

7,343

102,183
$ 120,283

137,702
$ 145,045

$

$

$

$

775

651
1,426

11,331

33,475
44,806

Commercial

Commercial
Real Estate

Construction

for 

Allowance 
losses:
Individually evaluated

loan

for impairment

Collectively evaluated

for impairment

Total

$

$

550

1,547
2,097

$

$

1,812

1,770
3,582

Loans:
Individually evaluated

for impairment

Collectively evaluated

for impairment

Total

$

15,092

$

9,437

100,428
$ 115,520

133,761
$ 143,198

$

$

$

$

564

979
1,543

12,548

33,967
46,515

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

116 $

368
484 $

56

562
618

1,307 $

1,890

41,862
43,169 $

42,882
44,771

$

$

$

$

–

20
20

$

$

–

18
18

$

$

5,329

3,663
8,992

–

$

–

$

39,970

7,836
7,836

$

8,885
8,885

374,825
$ 414,795

December 31, 2012
Home
Equity

Residential
Real Estate

Lease
Financing

Consumer

Total

143 $

331

491
634 $

807
1,138

1,315 $

4,135

48,214
49,529 $

39,449
43,584

$

$

$

$

–

46
46

$

$

–

17
17

$

$

3,400

5,657
9,057

–

$

–

$

42,527

10,054
10,054

$

7,271
7,271

373,144
$ 415,671

F-21

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

The following table presents the credit risk profile of the Company’s loan portfolio based on the rating category and
payment activity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.  These categories are defined as follows:

Pass – loans that exhibit acceptable financial performance, cash flow, leverage and the probability of default
is considered low.

Classified – loans  are  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  payment  capacity  of  the  obligor  or  by  the
collateral pledged.  These loans are characterized by  the distinct probability  that the  Company  will sustain
some loss or incur additional expenses if the deficiencies are not corrected.

(In thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Construction
Home equity
Residential real estate
Lease financing
Consumer
Total

Pass
$ 113,254
140,874
34,922
42,887
42,862
7,836
8,885
$ 391,519

2013
Classified
7,029
4,171
9,885
282
1,910
–
–
23,276

$

$

Total
$ 120,283
145,045
44,806
43,169
44,771
7,836
8,885
$ 414,795

Pass
$ 112,679
136,397
35,589
49,299
41,228
10,054
7,271
$ 392,517

2012
Classified
2,841
$
6,801
10,926
230
2,356
–
–
23,154

$

Total
$ 115,520
143,198
46,515
49,529
43,584
10,054
7,271
$ 415,671

The  following  tables present the  Company’s  loan  portfolio  aging  analysis,  including  loans  on  non-accrual,  as  of
December 31, 2013 and 2012:

December 31, 2013

(In thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Construction
Home equity
Residential real estate
Lease financing
Consumer
Total

Commercial
Commercial real estate
Construction
Home equity
Residential real estate
Lease financing
Consumer
Total

$

30-59 Days
Past Due
16
–
–
–
267
–
–
283

$

$

30-59 Days
Past Due
110
–
–
–
766
–
–
876

$

Total
Loans
Receivable
$ 120,283
145,045
44,806
43,169
44,771
7,836
8,885
$ 414,795

Total
Loans
Receivable
$ 115,520
143,198
46,515
49,529
43,584
10,054
7,271
$ 415,671

Total
Loans > 90
Days &
Accruing
–
$
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

$

Total
Loans > 90
Days &
Accruing
–
$
–
–
–
–
–
–
–

$

$

60-89 Days
Past Due
–
–
–
8
475
–
–
483

$

$

Greater than
90 Days
Past Due
–
–
660
100
119
–
–
879

$

Total
Past Due
$

Current

16 $ 120,267
145,045
44,146
43,061
43,910
7,836
8,885
1,645 $ 413,150

–
660
108
861
–
–

$

$

December 31, 2012

Total
Past Due
$

Current

–
910

475 $ 115,045
143,198
45,605
49,529
41,644
10,054
7,271
3,325 $ 412,346

1,940
–
–

$

60-89 Days
Past Due
–
–
–

605
–
–
605

$

$

Greater than
90 Days
Past Due
365
–
910
–
569
–
–
1,844

$

F-22

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

A loan is considered impaired, in accordance with the impairment accounting guidance (ASC 310-10-35-16), when
based  on  current  information  and  events,  it  is  probable  the  Company  will  be  unable  to  collect  the  scheduled
payments  of  principal  and  interest  due from  the  borrower  in  accordance  with the  contractual  terms  of  the  loan
agreement.    Impaired  loans  include  non-performing  loans, but  also  include  loans  modified  in  troubled  debt
restructurings  where  concessions  have  been  granted  to  borrowers  experiencing  financial  difficulties.    These
concessions could include a reduction in the interest rate on the loan, payment extensions, forgiveness of principal,
forbearance or other actions intended to maximize collection.

The following tables present impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

December 31, 2013

Recorded
Balance

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Specific
Allowance

Average
Investment
in
Impaired
Loans

Interest
Income
Recognized

$

52

423

1,419

–

800

–

154

$

54

423

1,419

–

1,017

–

154

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

$

$

666

470

1,504

–

2,458

205

–

(In thousands)
Loans without a specific
valuation allowance:

Commercial

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

Loans with a specific

valuation allowance:

Commercial

$

5,332

$

5,355

$

3,533

$

938

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

Total impaired loans:

–

2,250

232

220

–

–

–

2,250

238

275

–

–

–

168

56

31

–

–

Commercial

$

5,385

$

5,408

$

3,533

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

423

3,669

232

1,020

–

154

423

3,669

238

1,292

–

154

–

168

56

31

–

–

1,022

5,556

202

1,059

–

–

1,604

1,492

7,060

202

3,517

205

–

$

Total

$

10,883

$

11,184

$

3,788

$

14,081

$

534

F-23

18

69

45

–

94

12

–

13

–

284

–

–

–

–

31

69

328

–

94

12

–

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

December 31, 2012

Recorded
Balance

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Specific
Allowance

(In thousands)
Loans without a specific
valuation allowance:

Commercial

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

Loans with a specific

valuation allowance:

$

$

877

521

1,684

–

1,201

233

–

916

521

1,684

–

1,336

233

–

Commercial

$

643

$

657

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

Total impaired loans:

Commercial

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

1,537

10,016

175

3,332

–

–

1,520

2,058

11,700

175

4,533

233

–

1,567

10,016

176

3,376

–

–

1,573

2,088

11,700

176

4,712

233

–

$

$

Average
Investment
in
Impaired
Loans

Interest
Income
Recognized

$

694

$

106

1,798

1,699

287

847

169

–

2,240

2,741

10,915

1,919

3,016

100

–

2,934

4,539

12,614

2,206

3,863

269

–

$

$

$

$

71

40

4

57

16

–

42

49

466

–

183

–

–

148

120

506

4

240

16

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

241

1,000

490

81

1,262

–

–

241

1,000

490

81

1,262

–

–

Total

$

20,219

$

20,482

$

3,074

$

26,425

$

1,034

F-24

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3: LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

December 31, 2011

Recorded
Balance

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Specific
Allowance

Average
Investment
in
Impaired
Loans

Interest
Income
Recognized

$

$

$

16

482

101

468

904

–

–

3,709

4,819

14,313

2,208

3,838

307

–

3,725

5,301

14,414

2,676

4,742

307

–

$

$

$

32

514

101

500

1,014

–

–

3,850

5,357

14,776

2,242

4,416

307

–

3,882

5,871

14,877

2,742

5,430

307

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,281

2,257

1,353

296

1,389

25

–

1,281

2,257

1,353

296

1,389

25

–

$

223

$

1,781

1,427

532

1,140

25

28

4,298

6,793

18,080

940

3,791

324

–

4,521

8,574

19,507

1,472

4,931

349

28

$

$

$

$

56

109

–

3

17

67

1

171

107

454

3

149

21

–

227

216

454

6

166

88

1

(In thousands)
Loans without a specific
valuation allowance:

Commercial

$

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

Loans with a specific
valuation allowance

Commercial

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

Total impaired loans:

Commercial

Commercial real estate

Construction

Home equity

Residential real estate

Lease financing

Consumer

$

$

Total

$

31,165

$

33,109

$

6,601

$

39,382

$

1,158

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  non-accrual  loans,  also  included  in  impaired  loans,  at  December 31,
2013 and 2012:

(In thousands)
Commercial
Commercial real estate
Construction
Home equity
Residential real estate
Lease financing
Consumer

2013

5,194
–
660
232
1,020
–
–
7,106

$

$

2012

1,131
1,537
910
175
1,084
–
–
4,837

$

$

F-25

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 3:  LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

Included  in  certain  loan  categories  in  the  impaired  loans  are loans  designated  as troubled  debt  restructurings and
classified  as impaired. At  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had  $258,000 of  commercial  loans,  $423,000 of
commercial  real  estate  loans,  $3,010,000 of  construction  loans,  and  $154,000 of  lease  financing  loans  that  were
modified in troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired.

As a result of adopting the amendments in ASU 2011-02, A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is
a Troubled Debt Restructuring, in 2011, the Company reassessed all restructurings for identification as troubled debt
restructurings.  The Company identified four loans restructured during 2011 fiscal year not originally classified as
troubled  debt  restructurings  totaling  $1,066,000;  however,  these  loans  were  properly  classified  as  non-accrual
impaired loans at the time of restructure and thus the allowance for loan losses was measured using the impairment
measurement guidance.  Accordingly, there was no change in the valuation of these loans.

During  the  year  ended December  31,  2013,  the  Company  modified  no  loans  in  troubled  debt  restructuring
transactions.    During  the  year  ending December  31,  2012,  the  Company modified loans in  troubled  debt
restructuring transactions and  classified the  loans as  impaired.    The  modification  of  terms for  the  troubled  debt
restructuring  transactions included renewals  of  existing loans  to  borrowers  experiencing  financial  difficulties at
below market rates, modification to interest-only terms or extension of the amortization period. None of the loans
that were restructured subsequently defaulted within twelve months of the date of the restructure.

The  following  table  presents  loans  restructured  and  classified  as  troubled  debt  restructurings by  class  during  the
years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

December 31, 2013

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Balance
–

$

Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Balance
–

$

December 31, 2012

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Balance
85

$

Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Balance
85

$

Number
of
Loans
1

December 31, 2011

Pre-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Balance
1,417

$

Post-
Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Balance
1,408

$

Number
of
Loans
6

Number
of
Loans
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

$

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

$

–
–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

1

–
–
2

$

–
–

–

371

–
–
456

$

–
–

–

371

–
–
456

5
3

–

–

–
–
14

3,498
3,724

–

–

3,498
3,724

–

–

–
–
8,639

–
–
8,630

$

$

(In
thousands)
Commercial
Commercial
real estate
Construction
Home
equity
Residential
real estate
Lease
financing
Consumer
Total

As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  had no commitments  outstanding  to  borrowers  with  loans identified  as
troubled debt restructurings.

F-26

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 4:  PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, are as follows:

(In thousands)
Land
Buildings and improvements
Furniture and equipment

Less accumulated depreciation

Total premises and equipment

NOTE 5:  FORECLOSED ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

Activity in the allowance for losses on foreclosed assets was as follows:

(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to expense
Charge offs, net of recoveries

Balance, end of year

Expenses applicable to foreclosed assets at December 31 include the following:

(In thousands)
Net gains on sale of foreclosed assets
Provision for losses
Operating expenses, net of rental income

2013

2012

$

5,154
16,493
8,778
30,425
14,959

$

5,154
15,984
8,382
29,520
14,072

$ 15,466

$ 15,448

2013

2012

2011

$

$

3,184
2,147
(1,281)
4,050

$

2,985
867
(668)
$    3,184

$       481
3,159
(655)
$    2,985

2013

2012

2011

$ (1,069)
2,147
901
$   1,979

$

(337)
867
1,349
$   1,879

$

(555)
3,159
1,921
$   4,525

F-27

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 6: CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The carrying basis and accumulated amortization of recognized intangible assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012
were:

(In thousands)
Core Deposit Intangible

2013

2012

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

$

1,000

$

(964)

$

1,000

$

(821)

Amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2013,  2012 and 2011 was  $143,000, $143,000 and
$143,000, respectively.  Estimated amortization expense for the remainder of the amortization period is:

(In thousands)
2014

36

NOTE 7:  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

The Company has commitments outstanding to extend credit on residential mortgages that have not closed prior to
the  end  of  the  period.    As  the  Company  enters  into  commitments  to  originate  these  loans,  it  also  enters  into
commitments  to  sell  the  loans  in  the  secondary  market  on  a  best-efforts  basis.    The  Company  acquires  such
commitments to reduce interest rate risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and mortgage loans held for
sale.    These  commitments  to  originate  or  sell  loans  on  a  best  efforts  basis  are  considered  derivative  instruments
under ASC 815.  These statements require the Company to recognize all derivative instruments in the balance sheet
and  to  measure  those  instruments  at  fair  value.    As  a  result  of  measuring  the  fair  value  of  the commitments  to
originate loans, the Company recorded no change in other assets or other liabilities for the year ended December 31,
2013.    For the  year  ended  December  31,  2012,  the  Company  recorded  a decrease  in  other  assets  of  $8,000,  a
decrease in other liabilities of $1,000 and an decrease in other income of $7,000.

Additionally, the Company has commitments to sell loans that have closed prior to the end of the period on a best
efforts  basis.    Due  to  the  mark  to  market  adjustment  on  commitments to  sell  loans  held  for  sale the  Company
recorded  a decrease in  other  assets  of $144,000 and  a decrease in  other  income  of $144,000 for the  year  ended
December 31, 2013.  For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded an increase in other assets of
$84,000 and an increase in other income of $84,000.

At  December  31, 2013 and  2012,  total  mortgage  loans  in  the  process  of  origination  amounted to $216,000 and
$1,577,000,  respectively.    At  December  31, 2013 and  2012,  related  forward  commitments  to  sell  mortgage  loans
amounted to approximately $1,438,000 and $7,621,000, respectively.

The balance of derivative instruments related to commitments to originate and sell loans at December 31, 2013 and
2012, is disclosed in Note 20, Disclosures about Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities.

F-28

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 8:  INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS

Interest-bearing time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more were $64,761,000 on December 31, 2013 and
$66,840,000 on December 31, 2012. The Company acquires brokered deposits in the normal course of business. At
December 31, 2013 and 2012, brokered deposits of $28,060,000 and $27,236,000, respectively, were included in the
Company’s time deposit balance. Of the $28,060,000 in brokered deposits, $17,931,000 represented customer funds
placed into the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”).  The Bank is a member of the CDARS
service which effectively allows depositors to receive FDIC insurance on amounts greater than the FDIC insurance
limit, which is currently $250,000.  CDARS allows the Bank to break large deposits into smaller amounts and place
them in a network of other CDARS institutions to ensure that full FDIC insurance coverage is gained on the entire
deposit. Although  classified  as  brokered  deposits  for  regulatory  purposes,  funds  placed  through  the  CDARS
program are Bank customer relationships that management views as core funding.

At December 31, 2013, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

(In thousands)
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter

65,399
27,428
11,436
4,660
4,175
970

$

114,068

NOTE 9:  OPERATING LEASES

Blue Valley Building Corp. leases office space to others under noncancellable operating leases expiring in various
years through 2021.  Minimum future rent receivable under noncancellable operating leases at December 31, 2013
was as follows:

(In thousands)
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter

$

596
754
775
688
600
1,652

$

5,065

The  Company  incurred  no  consolidated  rental  and  operating  lease  expenses for  space  the Company  leases  from
others in 2013 and 2012 and incurred consolidated rental and operating lease expenses for space the Company leases
from others of $11,000 in 2011. The Company terminated the lease for space rented from others on September 30,
2011.

F-29

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 10:  SHORT TERM DEBT

The Company has a line of credit with the FHLBank of Topeka (FHLB) which is collateralized by various assets
including mortgage-backed loans and available-for-sale securities.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was no
outstanding balance on the line of credit.  The variable interest rate was 0.19% on December 31, 2013 and 0.23% on
December 31, 2012.  At December 31, 2013 approximately $23,252,000 was available.  Advances are made at the
discretion of the FHLBank of Topeka.

The  Company  also  has  a  line  of  credit  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City  which  is  collateralized  by
various assets, including commercial and commercial real estate loans.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, there was
no outstanding balance on the line of credit.  The line of credit has a variable interest rate of federal funds rate plus
75  basis  points  and  at  December  31,  2013 approximately $37,192,000 was  available.    Advances  are  made  at  the
discretion of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City.

NOTE 11:  LONG TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following components:

(In thousands)
FHLBank advances (A)

Less:  Deferred prepayment penalty on modification of FHLB

advances

Net FHLBank advances

Subordinated Debentures – BVBC Capital Trust II (B)
Subordinated Debentures – BVBC Capital Trust III (C)

2013

2012

$

62,500

$

82,500

(4,201)
58,299
7,732
11,856

(977)
81,523
7,732
11,856

Total long-term debt

$

77,887

$ 101,111

(A)

Due in 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2018; collateralized by various assets including mortgage-backed loans and
available-for-sale securities totaling $132,642,000 at December 31, 2013. Advances, at interest rates from
0.32%  to 1.84% are  subject  to  restrictions  or  penalties  in  the  event  of  prepayment.    FHLB  advance
availability is determined quarterly  and at December 31, 2013, approximately $23,252,000 was available.
Advances are made at the discretion of the FHLBank Topeka.

In the fourth quarter of 2013 and third quarter of 2010, the Company repaid FHLBank advances  totaling
$40.0  million  and $42.5 million,  respectively, of  FHLB  advances  by  rolling  the  net  present  value  of  the
repaid advances into the funding cost of $40.0 million and $42.5 million, respectively, of new advances.  A
modification  fee of  $3.9  million  and $2.6 million,  respectively was  associated  with the pay-off of the
original FHLB advances which is amortized as an adjustment of interest expense over the remaining term of
the new FHLB advances using the straight line method. The unamortized modification fee at December 31,
2013 was  approximately  $4.2  million. These transactions reduced  the  effective  interest  rate,  as  well  as
modified the maturity date on these borrowings.

Due  in  2033;  interest  only  at  three  month  LIBOR  +  3.25%  (3.49%  at  December  31,  2013 and  3.56%  at
December 31, 2012) due quarterly; fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated
basis to the extent that the funds are held by the Trust. BVBC Capital Trust II issued and sold $7,500,000
in Capital Securities to third parties and $232,000 of Common Securities to the Company.  As of 2008, the
Company  may  prepay  the  subordinated  debentures,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  their  face  value  plus  accrued
interest.

Due  in  2035;  interest  only  at  three  month  LIBOR  +  1.60%  (1.85%  at  December  31,  2013 and 1.91%  at
December 31, 2012) due quarterly; fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company on a subordinated
basis to the extent that the funds are held by the Trust. BVBC Capital Trust III issued and sold $11,500,000
in Preferred Securities to third parties and $356,000 in Common Securities to the Company. Subordinated
to  the  trust  preferred  securities  (B)  due  in  2033.  As  of  2010,  the  Company  may  prepay  the  subordinated
debentures, in whole or in part, at their face value plus accrued interest.

(B)

(C)

F-30

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 11:  LONG TERM DEBT (Continued)

At the request of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, quarterly payments had been deferred on the Company’s
outstanding  trust  preferred  securities. Under  the  governing  documents  of  our  Subordinated  Debentures  issued  by
BVBC Capital Trust II and III, the quarterly payments  since April 24, 2009 for BVBC Capital Trust II and since
March 31, 2009 for BVBC Capital Trust III had been deferred through December 30, 2013. The Company has the
right to declare such a deferral for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods and deferral may only be declared as long
as the Company is not then in default under the provisions of the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement.  During
the  deferral  period,  interest  on  the  indebtedness  continues  to  accrue  and  the  unpaid  interest is  compounded. We
received regulatory approval and utilized the proceeds from the December 23, 2013 initial close of our Offering to
bring current all  previously  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and  interest  on  our  Subordinated  Debentures issued  by
BVBC  Capital  Trust  II  and  III  prior  to  December  31,  2013.    Subsequent  to  December  31,  2013,  we  received
approval for the Bank to pay dividends to the Company to pay amounts needed to pay quarterly dividends due in
March and April, 2014 for our Subordinated Debentures.

For both BVBC Capital Trust II and BVBC Capital Trust III, as long as a deferral period continues, the Company is
prohibited  from:  (i)  declaring  or  paying  any  dividend  on  any  of  its  capital  stock,  which  would  include  both  its
common stock and the outstanding Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”), or (ii) making any
payment  on  any  debt  security  that  is  ranked  pari  passu  with  the  debt  securities  issued  by  the  respective  trusts.
Because the Preferred Shares are subordinate to the trust preferred securities, the Company is restricted from paying
dividends on these Preferred Shares until such time as all trust preferred dividends have been brought current.  See
Note 13, Regulatory Matters for additional information.

Aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

(In thousands)
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
Thereafter

Less: Deferred prepayment penalty on modification of

FHLB advances

NOTE 12:  INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

$

7,500
15,000
15,000
-
25,000
19,588
82,088

(4,201)
77,887

$

(In thousands)
Taxes currently (refundable) payable
Deferred income taxes

2013

2012

$

$

–
(300)

(300)

$

$

–
(150)

(150)

2011

$

$

–
9,823

9,823

F-31

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 12:  INCOME TAXES (Continued)

A reconciliation of income tax expense at the statutory rate to the Company’s actual income tax expense is shown
below:

(In thousands)
Computed at the statutory rate (34%)
Increase (decrease) resulting from:

2013

2012

2011

$

252

$

40

$ (2,040)

Tax-exempt interest
State income taxes
Changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance
Other

(163)
(27)
(502)
140

(87)
77
(164)
16

(50)
(20)
12,600
(667)

Actual tax provision

$

(300)

$

(150)

$ 9,823

The  tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  related  to  deferred  taxes  shown  on  the  December  31,  2013 and  2012
consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses
Net Operating Loss from Blue Valley Ban Corp. and

subsidiary

Accumulated depreciation on available-for-sale

securities

Deferred compensation
Offering costs
Non-accrual loan interest
Other real estate owned reserve
Other

Deferred tax liabilities:

Accumulated depreciation
FHLB stock basis
Accumulated appreciation on available-for-sale

securities
Prepaid intangibles
Other

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance:
Beginning balance
(Increase) decrease during the period
Ending balance

Net deferred tax asset

2013

2012

$

3,327

$

3,351

8,475

2,759
27
170
116
1,374
856
17,104

(215)
(555)

–
(187)
(8)
(965)

16,139

(12,436)
502
(11,934)
4,205

$

9,153

–
80
180
46
1,178
639
14,627

(253)
(557)

(29)
(177)
(54)
(1,070)

13,557

(121,600)
164
(12,436)
1,121

$

The Company has unused Federal net operating loss carryforwards of $22,048,000, which expire starting in 2029.
The  Company  has  unused  Kansas  Privilege  Tax  net  operating  loss carryforwards  of  $32,639,000  which  expire
between 2019 and 2022.

F-32

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 13:  REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking
agencies.    Failure  to  meet  minimum  capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory  and  possibly  additional
discretionary  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the  Company’s
consolidated financial  statements.    Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt
corrective  action, the  Company  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative
measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.
The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components,
risk weightings and other factors. Furthermore, the Company’s regulators could require adjustments to regulatory
capital not reflected in these consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital  adequacy  require  the  Company  and  the  Bank  to
maintain  minimum  amounts  and  ratios  (set  forth  in  the  table  below) of  total  and  Tier  I  capital (as  defined  in  the
regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I capital to average assets (as defined). As of December
31, 2013 and 2012, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As  of  December  31,  2013,  the  Bank had  capital  in  excess  of regulatory requirements  for  a  well-capitalized
institution. To be categorized as  well capitalized, the Bank  must  maintain  minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-
based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no conditions or events since December 31, 2013
that management believes have changed the Bank’s position.

F-33

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 13:  REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

The Company and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are also presented in the table.

(In thousands)
December 31, 2013:
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank Only

Tier 1 Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank Only

Tier 1 Capital
(to Average Assets)

Consolidated
Bank Only

(In thousands)
December 31, 2012:
Total Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank Only

Tier 1 Capital
(to Risk Weighted Assets)

Consolidated
Bank Only

Tier 1 Capital
(to Average Assets)

Consolidated
Bank Only

Actual

Amount

Ratio

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Amount

Ratio

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio

$ 71,811
$ 73,451

13.90%
14.24%

$ 41,321
$ 41,267

8.00%
8.00%

N/A
$ 51,583

10.00%

$ 61,777
$ 66,972

11.96%
12.98%

$ 20,661
$ 20,633

4.00%
4.00%

N/A
$ 30,950

6.00%

$ 61,777
$ 66,972

10.07%
10.80%

$ 24,550
$ 24,793

4.00%
4.00%

N/A
$ 30,991

5.00%

Actual

Amount

Ratio

For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Amount

Ratio

To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

Amount

Ratio

$  65,441
$  72,542

12.01%
13.33%

$ 43,588
$ 43,539

8.00%
8.00%

N/A
$  54,424

10.00%

$  52,851
$  65,702

9.70%
12.07%

$  21,794
$  21,769

4.00%
4.00%

N/A
$  32,654

6.00%

$  52,851
$  65,702

8.10%
10.08%

$  26,084
$  26,060

4.00%
4.00%

N/A
$  32,574

5.00%

The Company and Bank are subject to certain restrictions on the amounts of dividends that it may declare without
prior regulatory approval.  At December 31, 2013, any dividend declaration would require regulatory approval.

F-34

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 13:  REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

Preferred Stock and Warrants

On December 5, 2008, the Company issued and sold to the United States Department of Treasury (the “Treasury”)
21,750 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Shares”), along with a ten year
warrant to purchase 111,083 shares of the Company’s common stock for $29.37 per share, for a total cash price of
$21,750,000 (the  “Transaction”). The  Preferred  Shares  have  a  liquidation  preference  of  $1,000  per  share. The
Transaction occurred pursuant to, and is governed by the U.S. Treasury’s Capital Purchase Plan (the “CPP”), which
was designed to attract broad participation by institutions, to stabilize the financial system, and to increase lending
for the benefit of the U.S. economy.  In connection with the transaction, the Company entered into a letter agreement
with the Treasury which includes a Securities Purchase Agreement-Standard Terms (the “SPA”). In October, 2013,
as part of its outlined strategy to wind down its remaining Troubled Asset Relief Program investments, the Treasury
sold its 21,750 Preferred Shares investment in the Company in an auction to private investors. The Preferred Shares
carry  a  5%  per  year  cumulative  preferred  dividend  rate,  payable  quarterly. The  dividend  rate  increases  to  9%
beginning with the May 15, 2014 quarterly payment.  Dividends compound if they accrue and are not paid.  During
the time that the Preferred Shares are outstanding, a number of restrictions apply to the Company, including, among
others:

•

•

•

•

The Preferred Shares have a senior rank.  The Company is not free to issue other preferred stock that is senior
to the Preferred Shares.

If the Company were to pay a cash dividend in the future, any such dividend would have to be discontinued if
a Preferred Share dividend were missed.  Thereafter, dividends on common stock could be resumed only if all
Preferred Share  dividends  in  arrears  were  paid.    Similar  restrictions  apply  to  the  Company’s  ability  to
repurchase common stock if Preferred Share dividends are missed.

Failure to pay the Preferred Share dividend is not an event of default.

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements.

The Warrant is exercisable immediately and expires  in ten  years, or December 5, 2018, from its origination date.
The  Warrant  has  anti-dilution  protections  and  certain other  protections  for  the  holder,  as  well  as  potential
registration  rights  upon  written  request  from  the  Treasury.    If  requested  by  the  Treasury,  the  Warrant  (and  the
underlying common stock) may need to be listed on a national securities exchange.  The Treasury has agreed not to
exercise voting rights with respect to common shares it may acquire upon exercise of the Warrant. If the Preferred
Shares are redeemed in whole, the Company has the right to purchase any common shares held by the Treasury at
their fair market value at that time.

F-35

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 13:  REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

The Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank entered into a  written agreement  with the  Federal Reserve
Bank of Kansas City as of November 4, 2009.  This agreement was a result of an examination that was completed by
the regulators in May 2009, and related primarily to the Bank’s asset quality.  Under the terms of the agreement, the
Company  and  the  Bank  agreed,  among  other  things,  to  submit  an  enhanced  written  plan  to  strengthen  credit  risk
management  practices  and  improve  the  Bank’s  position  on  past  due  loans,  classified  loans,  and  other  real  estate
owned; review and revise its allowance for loan and lease loss methodology and maintain an adequate allowance for
loan loss; maintain sufficient capital at the Company and Bank level; and improve the Bank’s earnings and overall
condition.  The Company and Bank also agreed not to increase or guarantee any debt, purchase or redeem any shares
of  stock  or  declare  or pay  any  dividends  without  prior  written  approval  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank.    The
Company and the Bank substantially complied with all terms of the written agreement.

As a result of a  November 12, 2012 regulatory examination,  which  noted the improved financial condition of the
Company and the Bank, satisfactory risk management processes, and senior management oversight, as well as full
compliance  with  all  actionable  provisions  of  the  Written  Agreement,  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City
terminated  the  November  4,  2009  Written  Agreement  and,  effective  January  11,  2013,  replaced  it  with  a
Memorandum  of  Understanding  (“MOU”).    The  MOU’s  purpose  is  to  maintain  the  financial  soundness  of  the
Company  and  the  Bank,  and  provides,  among  other  things,  the  Company  and  the  Bank  will  continue  to  work  on
improvement of asset quality, maintain an adequate allowance for loan losses, maintain adequate capital, improve
earnings, and not declare or pay any dividends or increase or guarantee any debt without prior written approval from
the Federal Reserve Bank and the Office of the State Banking Commissioner of Kansas (“OSBC”).

At  the  request  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Kansas  City,  the Company  has  deferred  the  payment  of  quarterly
dividends  on  the  Preferred  Shares since  May  15,  2009. The  Preferred  Shares  carry a  5%  per  year  cumulative
preferred  dividend  rate,  payable  quarterly.    The  dividend  rate  increases  to  9%  beginning  with  the  May  15,  2014
quarterly  payment,  which  will  cause the  Company’s quarterly  dividend  to  increase  from  $271,875  to  $493,375.
Dividends compound if they accrue and are not paid.  Failure by the Company to pay the preferred share dividend is
not an event of default and the Company has accrued for all deferred dividends and compounded interest through
December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had accrued $5.8 million and
$4.5 million, respectively, for dividends and interest on the Preferred Shares.

F-36

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 14:  TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

At  December  31, 2013 and 2012,  the  Company  had  loans  outstanding  to  executive  officers,  directors  and  to
companies in which the Company’s and Bank’s executive officers or directors were principal owners, in the amount
of $17,066,000 and $13,632,000, respectively. Annual activity consisted of the following:

(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of year
New loans and advances
Repayments and reclassifications

Balance, end of year

2013

$ 13,632
14,144
(10,710)

$ 17,066

2012

12,967
4,060
(3,395)

13,632

$

$

In management’s opinion, such loans and other extensions of credit and deposits were made in the ordinary course
of  business  and  were  made  on  substantially  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rates  and  collateral)  as  those
prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable  transactions  with  other  persons. Further,  in  management’s  opinion, when
originated these  loans  did  not  involve  more  than  the  normal  risk  of  collectability or  present  other  unfavorable
features.

Deposits from  executive  officers  and  directors held  by  the  Company  at  December  31,  2013,  and  2012 totaled
$4,501,000 and $5,119,000, respectively.

NOTE 15:  PROFIT SHARING AND 401(K) PLANS

The  Company’s  profit  sharing and  401(k) plans cover  substantially  all  employees.    Contributions  to  the profit
sharing plan are determined annually by the Board of Directors, and participant interests are vested over a five-year
period. The  Company  did  not  make  a  contribution  to  the  profit  sharing  plan  during 2013,  2012 and 2011. The
Company’s  401(k)  plan permits  participants  to  make  contributions  by  salary  reduction,  based  on  which  the
Company matches 100% of the first 3% of the employee’s contribution plus 50% of the next 2% of compensation
contributed  by  the  employee. The  Company’s  matching  contributions to  the  401(k) plan are  vested  immediately.
The Company’s matching contributions charged to expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $281,000, $234,000 and
$255,000, respectively.

NOTE 16: EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION

The  Company  has  an  Equity Incentive  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  which  allows  the  Company  to  issue  equity  incentive
compensation awards to its employees and directors in the forms of stock options, restricted shares or deferred share
units.

Under the fixed option provisions of the Plan, the Company may grant options for shares of common stock that vest
two years from the date of grant to its employees.  At December 31, 2013, the Company had 58,541 shares available
to be granted (options granted prior to 1998 were subject to an earlier plan with similar terms).  The exercise price of
each option is intended to equal the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, and maximum terms are
10 years.

F-37

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 16:  EQUITY INCENTIVE COMPENSATION (Continued)

During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company granted no stock options, but did grant 44,210, 55,155 and 40,666 shares
of restricted common stock, respectively. Restricted stock granted to the President of the Company since 2009 vest
immediately upon the later of 2 years from the date of grant or at such time when the United States Department of
Treasury  no  longer  holds  any  equity  securities  of  the  Company  acquired  through  the  TARP  Capital  Purchase
Program. Restricted stock granted in 2013 to employees and granted in 2012 to employees other than the President
vested  immediately.    2011  and  2010  recipients  of  the  restricted  stock  grant  who  are  employees other  than  the
President fully vest in the stock after three years from the date of the grant. Recipients of the restricted stock grant
who  are  directors  vested  immediately  in 2013, 2012 and  2011. The  non-vested  shares  were 11,930, 30,730,  and
40,529 as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The cost basis of the restricted shares granted which
is equal to the fair value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant, will be amortized to compensation expense
ratably  over the  applicable  vesting  period. Expenses associated  with  restricted  stock  grants were $295,000,
$272,000, and $300,000 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The amount of unrecognized compensation costs
was $23,000, $97,000, and $127,000 as of December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  During 2013, 2012
and 2011, 0, 0 and 7,437 shares of restricted stock were forfeited, respectively.

A summary of the status of option shares under the plan at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, and changes during
the years then ended, is presented below:

Outstanding, beginning of year
Exercised
Forfeited
Outstanding, end of year

Intrinsic value of shares exercised

$

Options exercisable, end of year

Shares

–
–
–
0

–

0

2013

2012

2011

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$

$

–
–
–
–

$ 0.00

Shares

10,575
–
10,575
0

$

–

0

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 25.00
–
25.00
$ 0.00

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 22.07
–
19.82
$ 25.00

Shares

24,375
–
13,800
10,575

$

–

$ 0.00

10,575

$ 25.00

There were no options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2013.

NOTE 17:  EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The 2004 Blue Valley Ban Corp. employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) provides the right to subscribe to 100,000
shares of common stock to substantially all employees of the Company and subsidiaries, except those who are 5% or
greater shareholders of the Company.  The purchase price for shares under the plan is determined by the Company’s
Board of Directors (or a designated Committee thereof) and was set to 85% of the market price on either the grant
date or the offering date, whichever is lower, for the plan year beginning in February 2004.  Expense associated with
the  plan  recognized  in  2013,  2012 and  2011 was  approximately $4,000,  $3,000  and  $4,000,  respectively.
Information about employee stock purchase plan activity as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 is set forth in the
following table.

Plan year ending January 31,
2013
2012
2011

Employee Stock Purchase Plan Activity
Shares purchased
4,748
6,508
2,628

Purchase Price
$ 3.49
$ 3.49
$ 6.80

F-38

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 18: OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE

Other income consists of the following:

(In thousands)
Rental income
Realized gain on foreclosed assets
Other income

$

719
1,292
1,432

$

556
521
458

$

Total

$

3,443

$

1,535

$

378
578
28

984

2013

2012

2011

2013 other income includes the realization of approximately $1.0 million of income upon payment of the deferred
interest  due  for  BVBC  Capital  Trust  III due  to  a  change  in  assumptions  in  the  calculation  for  interest  due  on  the
securities.

Other operating expenses consist of the following:

(In thousands)
FDIC assessments
Professional fees
Data processing
ATM and network fees
Loan processing fees
Other expense

2013

2012

2011

$

1,082
883
824
741
175
3,150

$

1,324
1,383
1,104
745
194
2,756

$

1,509
1,237
1,110
758
283
2,954

Total

$

6,855

$

7,506

$

7,851

NOTE 19:  FAIR VALUE OPTION

The Company elected to adopt The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – including an
Amendment  of  FASB Statement  No.  115, which  was  subsequently  incorporated  into  FASB  Accounting  Standards
Codification in Topic 825, for mortgage loans held for sale originated after April 1, 2009. This standard permits an
entity to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  An entity will report
unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each reporting
date.

In accordance with Topic 825, the Company has elected to measure loans held for sale at fair value.  Loans held for
sale is made up entirely of mortgage loans held for immediate sale in the secondary market with servicing release.
These loans are sold prior to origination at a contracted price to an outside investor on a best efforts basis and remain
on the Company’s balance sheet for a short period of time (typically 30 to 60 days).  It is  management’s opinion
given the short-term nature of these loans, that fair value provides a reasonable measure of the economic value of
these  assets.    In  addition,  carrying  such  loans  at  fair  value  eliminates  some  measure  of  volatility  created  by  the
timing of sales proceeds from outside investors, which typically occur in the month following origination.

The differences between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale
were losses of $6,000 at December 31, 2013 and gains of $32,000 at December 31, 2012 and $34,000 at December
31, 2011. Losses from fair value changes included in loans held for sale fee income were $38,000 and $2,000 for
the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and income from fair value changes included in loans
held for sale fee income was $178,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Interest income on loans held for sale
is included in interest and fees on loans in the  Company’s  consolidated statement of operations. See Note 20 for
additional disclosures regarding fair value of mortgage loans held for sale.

F-39

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date. Fair  value measurements  must maximize  the  use  of
observable inputs and  minimize the use of unobservable inputs. There is a hierarchy of three levels of inputs that
may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities;
quoted  prices  in  markets  that  are  not  active;  or  other  inputs  that  are  observable or  can  be
corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the
fair value of the assets or liabilities.

F-40

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Recurring Measurements

The  following  table  presents  the  fair  value  measurements  of  assets  and  liabilities  recognized  in  the  Company’s
condensed  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  the  level  within  the  fair  value  hierarchy  in which  the  fair  value
measurements fall at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Fair Value Measurements Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Fair Value

–
–

–

–
587
–
–
–
587

–
–
–

–
–
623
–
–
–
623

–
–
–

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

68,313
19,764

7,183

4,810
–
1,438
–
–
101,508

–
–
–

63,148
14,074
–
7,621
–
–
84,843

–
–
–

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

–
–

–

–
–
–
–
40
40

–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–
184
184

–
1
1

(In thousands)
December 31, 2013:
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Government sponsored agencies
State and political subdivision securities
U.S. Government sponsored agency
mortgage-backed securities
U.S. Small Business Administration loan
pool certificates
Equity and other securities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Commitments to originate loans
Forward sales commitments

Total assets

Liabilities:
Commitments to originate loans
Forward sales commitments

Total liabilities

December 31, 2012:
Assets:
Available-for-sale securities:
U.S. Government sponsored agencies
State and political subdivision securities
Equity and other securities
Mortgage loans held for sale
Commitments to originate loans
Forward sales commitments

Total assets

Liabilities:
Commitments to originate loans
Forward sales commitments

Total liabilities

$

68,313
19,764

$

7,183

4,810
587
1,438
–
40
102,135

–
–
–

63,148
14,074
623
7,621
–
184
85,650

–
1
1

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

F-41

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets and liabilities measured at fair
value  on  a  recurring  basis  and  recognized  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  balance  sheets,  as  well  as  the  general
classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Available-for-Sale Securities

Where  quoted  market  prices  are  available  in  an  active  market,  securities  are  classified  within  Level 1  of  the
valuation hierarchy.  If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using quoted prices
of  securities  with  similar characteristics  or  independent  asset  pricing  services  and  pricing  models,  the  inputs  of
which  are  market-based  or  independently  sourced  market  parameters,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  yield  curves,
interest  rates,  volatilities,  prepayments,  defaults,  cumulative  loss  projections  and  cash  flows.    Such  securities  are
classified in Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.  In certain cases where Level 1 or Level 2 inputs are not available,
securities are classified within Level 3 of the hierarchy.

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  are  valued  using  market  prices  for  loans  with  similar  characteristics.    This
measurement is classified as Level 2 within the hierarchy.

Commitments to Originate Loans and Forward Sales Commitments

The  fair value  of  commitments  to  originate  loans  and the  fair  value  of forward  sales  commitments  are estimated
using a valuation model which considers differences between quoted prices for loans with similar characteristics in
the secondary market and the committed rates.  The valuation model includes assumptions which adjust the price for
the  likelihood  that  the  commitment  will  ultimately  result  in  a  closed  loan.    These  measurements  are  significant
unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 3 within the hierarchy.

Level 3 Reconciliation

The following table is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of recurring fair value measurements
recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs:

(In thousands)

Balance as of December 31, 2012
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):
Included in net income (loss)

Balance as of December 31, 2013

Balance as of December 31, 2011
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):

Included in net income (loss)

Balance as of December 31, 2012

Commitments to
Originate Loans

Forward Sales
Commitments

$

$

$

$

–

–

–

7

(7)

–

$

$

$

$

184

(144)

40

100

84

184

F-42

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Realized and unrealized gains and losses for items reflected in the table above are included in other income in the
consolidated statement of operations.

Nonrecurring Measurements

The following table presents the fair value measurements at December 31, 2013 and 2012 of assets and liabilities
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during the respective year:

(In thousands)
December 31, 2013:
Impaired loans, net of reserves
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net

December 31, 2012:
Impaired loans, net of reserves
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net

Fair Value Measurements Using

Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

$

$

$

$

–
–
–

–
–
–

$

$

$

$

–
–
–

–
–
–

Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

$

$

$

$

4,685
13,983
18,668

5,480
17,894
23,374

Fair Value

$

$

$

$

4,685
13,983
18,668

5,480
17,894
23,374

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies and inputs used for assets measured at fair value on a
nonrecurring basis and recognized in the accompanying balance sheet, as well as the general classification of such
assets  pursuant  to  the  valuation  hierarchy.    For  assets  classified  within  Level  3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  the
process used to develop the reported fair value is described below.

Impaired Loans (Collateral Dependent)

Loans  for  which  it  is  probable  that  the  Company  will  not  collect  all  principal  and  interest  due  according  to  the
contractual  terms  are  measured  for  impairment.    Allowable  methods  for  determining  the  amount  of  impairment
include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral dependent loans.

If  the  impaired  loan  is  identified  as  collateral  dependent,  then  the  fair  value  method  of  measuring  the  amount  of
impairment is utilized.  This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying
a discount factor to the value.  Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair
value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method.

Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale

Foreclosed assets held for sale are carried at the fair value less costs to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a
new cost basis.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and the assets are recorded at the
lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

F-43

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Unobservable (Level 3) Inputs

The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in recurring and nonrecurring
Level 3 fair value measurements.

Commitments to Originate

Loans

Forward Sales

Commitments
Collateral-dependent
impaired loans

Foreclosed assets held for

Sale, net

$

$

$

$

Fair Value at
12/31/13

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Inputs

– Market comparable

prices

40 Market comparable

Quoted prices for similar loans
Estimated Customer Fallout Rate
Quoted prices for similar loans

Range
(Weighted Average)
NA

3.50%-4.50% (4.02%)

prices

4,685 Market comparable
properties
19,277 Market comparable
properties

Quoted prices for similar loans

Comparability adjustments (%)

9.00%-100.00%
(38.00%)
Not available

Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs

The  following  is  a  discussion  of  the  sensitivity  of  significant  unobservable  inputs,  the  interrelationships  between
those  inputs  and  other  unobservable  inputs  used  in  recurring  fair  value  measurement  and  how  those  inputs  might
magnify or mitigate the effect of changes in the unobservable inputs on the fair value measurement.

Commitments to Originate Loans

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s commitments to originate
loans are the discount rate and estimated customer fallout rate.  Significant increases (decreases) in either of those
inputs  in  isolation  would  result  in  a  significantly  lower  (higher)  fair  value  measurement.    Generally,  changes  in
either of those inputs will not affect the other input.

Forward Sales Commitments
The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s forward sales commitment
is the discount rate.  Significant increases (decreases) in this input would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair
value measurement.

F-44

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments not previously disclosed
at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

(In thousands)
Financial assets:

Cash and cash equivalents (Level 1)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses (Level 3)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, Federal Reserve
Bank stock, and other securities (Level 3)

Interest receivable (Level 3)

Financial liabilities:
Deposits (Level 3)
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase

and other interest-bearing liabilities (Level 3)

Long-term debt (Level 3)
Interest payable (Level 3)

Unrecognized financial instruments

(net of amortization):

Commitments to extend credit (Level 3)
Letters of credit (Level 3)
Lines of credit (Level 3)

2013

2012

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

Carrying
Amount

Fair
Value

$

40,499
405,803

$

40,499
408,445

$

101,077
406,614

$

101,077
408,041

7,250
1,736

7,250
1,736

448,368

450,027

32,335
77,887
989

32,335
78,240
989

–
–
–

–
–
–

7,540
1,529

484,466

21,668
101,111
4,166

–
–
–

7,540
1,529

487,059

21,668
95,216
4,166

–
–
–

The  following  methods  and  assumptions  were  used  to  estimate  the  fair  value  of  all  other  financial instruments
recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at amounts other than fair value.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

Loans

The  fair  value  of  loans  is  estimated  by  discounting  the  future  cash  flows  using  the market rates  at  which  similar
loans  would  be  made  to  borrowers  with  similar  credit  ratings  and  for  the  same  remaining  maturities.  Loans  with
similar  characteristics  were  aggregated  for  purposes  of  the  calculations.    The  carrying  amount  of  accrued  interest
approximates its fair value.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock, Federal Reserve Bank Stock and other securities

The carrying amounts for these securities approximate their fair value.

Deposits

Deposits  include demand  deposits,  savings  accounts,  NOW  accounts  and  certain  money  market  deposits.    The
carrying  amount  of  these  deposits  approximates  fair  value.    The  fair  value  of  fixed  maturity  time  deposits  is
estimated  using  a  discounted  cash  flow  calculation  that  applies  the  rates  currently  offered  for  deposits  of  similar
remaining maturities.  The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

F-45

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 20:  DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (Continued)

Securities Sold Under Agreement to Repurchase and Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities

For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Long-Term Debt

Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate
the fair value of existing debt.  Fair value of long-term debt is based on quoted market prices or dealer prices for the
identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market.  If a quoted market price is not available, an expected
present value technique is used to estimate fair value.

Commitments to Extend Credit, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit

The fair value of commitments to originate loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar
agreements,  taking  into  account  the  remaining  terms  of  the  agreements  and  the  present  creditworthiness  of  the
counterparties.  For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of
interest  rates  and  the  committed  rates.    The  fair  value  of  letters  of  credit  and  lines  of  credit are based  on  fees
currently  charged  for  similar  agreements  or  on  the  estimated  cost  to  terminate  or otherwise  settle  the  obligations
with the counterparties at the reporting date.

F-46

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 21:  COMMITMENTS, CREDIT RISKS AND CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

The Company extends credit for commercial real estate mortgages, residential mortgages, working capital financing
and consumer loans to businesses and residents principally in southern Johnson County.  The Bank also purchases
indirect leases from various leasing companies throughout Kansas and Missouri.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established  in  the  contract.    Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses  and
may require a payment of a fee.  Since a portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total
commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    Each  customer’s  creditworthiness  is
evaluated  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  amount  of  collateral  obtained,  if  deemed  necessary,  is  based  on
management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  counterparty.    Collateral  held  varies,  but  may  include  accounts  receivable,
inventory, property, plant and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. At December 31, 2013
and 2012, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate loans aggregating approximately $6,388,335 and
$28,268,000, respectively.  The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed
within a one-year period.

Mortgage  loans  in  the  process  of origination  represent  amounts  that  the  Company  plans  to  fund  within  a  normal
period of 60 to 90 days and which are intended for sale to investors in the secondary market. Total mortgage loans
in the process of origination amounted to $216,000 and $1,577,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Mortgage  loans  in  the  process  of  origination  represent  commitments  to  originate  loans  at  both  fixed  and  variable
rates. Mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  amounted  to $1,438,000  and  $7,621,000 at  December 31,  2013 and  2012,
respectively.

Forward commitments to sell mortgage loans are obligations to sell loans at a specified price on or before a specified
future date. These commitments are acquired to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination
and  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale since  the  Company  is  exposed  to  interest  rate  risk  during  the  period  between
issuing a loan commitment and the sale of the loan into the secondary market. Related forward commitments to sell
mortgage  loans  amounted  to  approximately $1,438,000  and  $7,621,000 at  December  31,  2013 and  2012,
respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to
a  third  party. Financial  standby  letters  of  credit are  primarily  issued  to  support  public  and  private  borrowing
arrangements,  including  commercial  paper,  bond  financing  and  similar  transactions.    The  credit  risk  involved  in
issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. The Company had
total  outstanding  letters  of  credit  amounting  to $955,000 and  $889,000  at  December  31,  2013 and  2012,
respectively, with terms ranging from one year to three years with the majority expiring in one year.

Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract.  Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates.  Since a portion of the line may expire without
being  drawn  upon,  the total  unused  lines  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    Each  customer’s
creditworthiness is evaluated  on a case-by-case basis.  The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is
based  on  management’s  credit  evaluation  of  the  counterparty.  Collateral  held  varies,  but  may  include  accounts
receivable,  inventory,  property,  plant  and  equipment,  commercial  real  estate  and  residential  real  estate.
Management uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. At
December 31, 2013, the Company had unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $165,238,000
for  commercial,  commercial  real  estate  and  construction  lines  and  $31,866,000 for  open-end  consumer  lines  of
credit. At December 31, 2012, the Company had unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately
$146,913,000  for  commercial,  commercial  real  estate  and  construction  lines  and  $33,570,000  for  open-end
consumer lines of credit.

F-47

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 21: COMMITMENTS, CREDIT RISKS AND CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS (Continued)

The  Bank  is  subject  to  possible  future  repurchase  and  indemnification  demands  for  future  losses  realized  by
investors for alleged breaches of representations and warranties on mortgage loans previously sold to investors. The
financial services industry has been materially and adversely impacted by a prolonged period of negative economic
conditions,  including  but  not  limited  to  high  levels  of  unemployment,  declines  in  asset  values,  as  well  as
delinquencies  and  defaults  on  loans.    These  defaults  on  loans  include  possible  “strategic  defaults”  which  are
characterized by borrowers that appear  to have the financial  means to  meet the debt service requirements of their
loans, however, elect not to do so because the value of the assets securing their debts may have declined below the
amount of the debt or in consideration of statutory restrictions which impede a lender’s ability to exercise prudent
collection efforts or foreclose in an efficient manner. For three years ending December 31, 2013, the Company has
repurchased 1  loan from  an  investor totaling $458,000 for  which  no  losses  have  been  recognized. Additionally,
during  the three  years  ending  December  31,  2013,  the  Company  has recognized  indemnification  losses  totaling
approximately $171,000 for loans previously sold to investors. The financial statements have been prepared using
values and information currently available to the Company; however, there can be no assurance that the impact of
these conditions will cease or reverse to mitigate possible risk of future potential losses by the Bank.

The  current economic environment continues  to  present  financial  institutions  with  circumstances  and  challenges,
which in  some cases  have resulted in  large and  unanticipated declines in the  fair  values of  investments and other
assets, constraints on liquidity and significant credit quality problems, including severe volatility in the valuation of
real  estate and  other  collateral  supporting  loans.    The  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  using  values  and
information currently available to the Company.

Given  the  volatility  of  current  economic  conditions,  the  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  recorded  in  the financial
statements  could  change  rapidly,  resulting  in  material  future  adjustments  in  asset  values,  the  allowance  for  loan
losses and capital  that  could  negatively  impact  the  Company’s and  Bank’s ability  to  meet  regulatory  capital
requirements  and maintain  sufficient  liquidity. Furthermore,  the  Company’s  and  Bank’s  regulators  could  require
material adjustments to asset values or the allowance for loan losses for regulatory capital purposes that could affect
the Company’s and Bank’s measurement of regulatory capital and compliance with the capital adequacy guidelines
under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

NOTE 22: LEGAL CONTINGENCIES

Various legal  claims  also  arise  from  time  to  time  in  the  normal  course  of  business  which,  in  the  opinion  of
management, will have no material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

F-48

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 23:  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

The following table presents the unaudited results of operations for the past two years by quarter.  See discussion on
earnings  per  share  in  "Note  1:    Nature  of  Operations  and  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies"  in  the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

2013

2012

Fourth
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Second
Quarter

First
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Second
Quarter

First
Quarter

(In thousands, except per share data)

Interest income
Interest expense

Net interest income
Provision for loan losses

Net interest income after

provision for loan losses

Non-interest income
Non-interest expense

Income (loss) before income

taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

Net income (loss)
Dividends on preferred shares

Net income (loss) available to
common shareholders

Net Income (loss) per Share Data

$ 5,824 $ 5,651 $ 5,680 $ 5,702
1,532
4,170
-

1,444
4,207
(1,200)

1,505
4,175
(500)

990
4,834
2,650

2,184
3,293
5,933

(457)
(300)
(157)
288

5,407
1,685
6,289

803
-
803
272

4,675
1,738
6,093

320
-
320
272

4,170
1,756
5,850

76
-
76
272

$ 6,002
1,636
4,366
-

4,366
1,981
6,188

159
(147)
306
290

$ 6,097 $ 6,060 $ 6,224
1,970
4,254
450

1,737
4,360
650

1,849
4,211
100

3,710
2,165
5,524

4,111
1,678
5,866

351
(1)
352
272

(77)
(1)
(76)
272

3,804
1,610
5,730

(316)
(1)
(315)
272

$

445 $

531 $

48 $

(196)

$

16

$

80 $

(348) $

(587)

Basic
Diluted

$ (0.15) $
$ (0.15) $

0.18 $
0.18 $

0.02 $    (0.07)
0.02 $    (0.07)

$
$

0.01 $
0.01 $

0.03 $ (0.12) $
0.03 $ (0.12) $

(0.21)
(0.21)

Balance Sheet

Total assets
Total loans, net
Stockholders' equity

$609,086 $632,806 $636,776 $645,527
406,369
39,348

399,410
37,594

405,803
42,229

399,521
36,244

$657,005
406,614
39,815

$662,917 $656,457 $671,946
427,094
419,928
39,833
39,440

421,243
39,573

The above unaudited financial information reflects all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary
to present a fair statement of the results of operations for the interim periods presented.

F-49

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 24: CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

Condensed Balance Sheets
December 31, 2013 and 2012

(In thousands)
ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents
Investments in subsidiaries:

Bank of Blue Valley
BVBC Capital Trust II
BVBC Capital Trust III

Other assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES

Subordinated debentures
Other liabilities

Total Liabilities

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preferred Stock
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings (Accumulated deficit)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax (credit) of

$(2,759) in 2013 and $29 in 2012

Total Stockholders’ Equity

2013

2012

$

4,133

$

646

62,877
232
356
86

$

67,684

$

19,588
5,868
25,456

22
4,327
44,010
(1,992)

(4,139)
42,228

$

$

65,924
232
356
18

67,176

19,588
7,773
27,361

22
2,934
38,746
(1,930)

43
39,815

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

$

67,684

$

67,176

F-50

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 24:  CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
(Continued)

Condensed Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(In thousands)
Income

Dividends from subsidiaries
Other income

Expenses

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net loss of

subsidiaries

Income tax benefit
Valuation allowance on deferred tax asset

Loss before equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of subsidiaries

2013

2012

2011

$

–
1,045
1,045

1,138

(93)
-

(93)
1,135

$

–
20
20

$

–
19
19

1,486

1,291

(1,466)
(494)
494

(1,466)
1,733

(1,272)
(1,142)
2,169

(2,299)
(13,524)

Net income (loss)

$

1,042

$

267

$ (15,823)

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(In thousands)
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)

2013

2012

2011

$

1,042

$

267

$

(15,823)

Change 

in  unrealized  appreciation  on  available-for-sale
securities, net of income taxes (credit) of $(2,710) in 2013,
$(60) in 2012 and $69 in 2011

Less:  reclassification adjustment for realized gains included in
net income (loss), net of income taxes of $51 in 2013

Comprehensive income (loss)

$

(4,106)

(76)
(3,140)

$

(91)

–
176

104

–
(15,719)

$

F-51

BLUE VALLEY BAN CORP.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

NOTE 24:  CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
(Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

(In thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net Income (loss)
Items not requiring (providing) cash:

Deferred income taxes
Equity in undistributed net loss (income) of

subsidiaries
Restricted stock earned

Changes in:

Other assets
Other liabilities

Net cash used in operating activities

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Capital contributed to subsidiary

Net cash used in investing activities

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Proceeds from sale of additional stock through rights

offering

Proceeds from sale of common stock through Employee

Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)

Net cash provided by financing activities

INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

BEGINNING OF YEAR

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,

END OF YEAR

2013

2012

2011

$

1,042

$

267

$ (15,823)

–

(1,135)
288

(68)
(2,992)
(2,865)

–
–

6,333

19
6,352

3,487

646

–

(1,733)
245

37
1060
(124)

–
–

–

27
27

(97)

743

1,197

13,524
77

(38)
943
(120)

–
–

–

21
21

(99)

842

$

4,133

$

646

$

743

F-52

Stockholder Information 2013

CORPORATE OFFICE

STOCK QUOTATION SYMBOL

11935 Riley St. 

PO Box 26128

Overland Park, KS 66225-6128

913.338.1000 I 913.234.7145 (fax)

OPERATIONS CENTER

7900 College Boulevard

Overland Park, KS 66210

HELPLINE

913.338.HELP (4357)

WEBSITES

www.bankbv.com

www.internetmortgage.com

ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

Shares of Blue Valley Ban Corp. common stock 

are currently quoted on the OTCQB under the 

symbol BVBC.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC

6201 15th Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11219

AUDITORS

BKD, LLP

1201 Walnut Street, Suite 1700

Kansas City, MO 64106-2246

CORPORATE COUNSEL

Husch Blackwell LLP

4801 Main Street, Suite 1000

The annual meeting will be held on May 21, 2014 

Kansas City, MO 64112-2502

at 5:30 p.m. at the Leawood Banking Center, 

13401 Mission Road, Leawood, KS 66209.

INVESTOR INQUIRIES

To request additional copies of our Annual Report 

Stinson Leonard Street, LLP

1201 Walnut Street, Suite 2900

Kansas City, MO 64106-2150

or to inquire about other stockholder issues, visit 

MARKET MAKER

our Investor Relations webpage at 

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

www.bankbv.com or contact Mark A. Fortino, 

One Financial Plaza

Chief Financial Officer, at our corporate office.

501 N Broadway, 9th Floor

St. Louis, MO 63102-2102

Local trading desk: 913.345.4200

A place where you are known!

OVERL AND  PARK

OL ATHE

S HAWN EE

LEAWOOD

LE NE XA

11935 Riley St.
119th & Metcalf

1235 E. Santa Fe
Santa Fe & Ridgeview

5520 Hedge Lane Terr.
Johnson Drive & K-7 Hwy

13401 Mission Rd. 
135th & Mission

9500 Lackman Rd. 
95th & Lackman

www.bankbv.com

Member FDIC